It’s Over: Hillary’s ISIS Email Just Leaked and it’s Worse Than Anyone Could Have Imagined
Hillary Clinton, Friend of the Syria people? Like the USA is friends of the people of Iraq, Afghanistan, Pakistan, Libya, Somalia, Yemen…?
Even though when Trump called Hillary the ‘founder’ of ISIS he was telling the truth and 100% accurate, the media has never stopped ripping him apart over it.
Today the media is forced to eat their hats because the newest batch of leaked emails show Hillary, in her own words, admitting to doing just that, funding and running ISIS.
John Podesta, Hillary’s campaign chair, who was also a counselor to President Obama at the time, was the recipient of the 2014 email which was released today.
Assange promised his latest batch of leaks would lead to the indictment of Hillary, and it looks like he was not kidding. The email proves Hillary knew and was complicit in the funding and arming of ISIS by our ‘allies’ Saudi Arabia and Qatar!
The media is yet to report on this, even though Wikileaks has a 10 year history of being 100% accurate in their leaks, never once releasing info that proved to be false.
…Can you guess why?
Maybe it has something to do with the fact that The Saudi’s brag about funding 20% of Hillary’s Presidential campaign, and along with Qatar, are among the largest donors to the CLINTON FOUNDATION.
Is it any mystery now why ISIS has flourished under the Obama/Clinton administration? The United States has created armed and funded the terrorists overthrowing Syria via our Terrorist State allies. When you know this it makes you look at the situation in Syria differently. Perhaps Russia and Iran are the ones fighting ISIS, it stands to reason once you know we are fighting Russia, and at the same time arming ISIS.
Clinton’s campaign and her Clinton Foundation are literally funded by the SAME PEOPLE who are funding ISIS and killing hundreds of thousands of innocents in the Middle East, and now, even here at home.
This is nothing short of TREASON. Hillary must be sent to trial and held accountable for crimes against humanity and Treason against the United States of America.
We know the media will do all in their power to bury this story so it is up to us to use social media to make sure every voter in America knows this before they cast their vote for president on Nov 8th. You know what to do …
- Michael Bloomberg – former New York City mayor
- Jon Corzine – New Jersey Governor
- Laurence D. Fink – CEO of BlackRock
- Richard Grasso – former head of the New York Stock Exchange
- David Komansky – former CEO of Merrill Lynch
- Sallie Krawcheck – former head of Citigroup’s wealth management division
- Kenneth Langone – former chair of the New York Stock Exchange compensation committee
- Martin Lipton – founding partner of Wachtell Lipton Rosen & Katz
- Alan Schwartz – former President of Bear Sterns
- Mary Shapiro – Chairperson of the Securities and Exchange Commission
- Diana Taylor – former New York State Superintendent of Banks
- Sanford Weill – former CEO of Citigroup
- John C. Whitehead – former chair of Goldman Sachs & Co.
- By Kevin Rose
Recently, our nation’s financial chieftains have been feeling a little unloved. Venture capitalists are comparing the persecution of the rich to the plight of Jews at Kristallnacht, Wall Street titans are saying that they’re sick of being beaten up, and this week, a billionaire investor, Wilbur Ross, proclaimed that “the 1 percent is being picked on for political reasons.”
Ross’s statement seemed particularly odd, because two years ago, I met Ross at an event that might single-handedly explain why the rest of the country still hates financial tycoons – the annual black-tie induction ceremony of a secret Wall Street fraternity called Kappa Beta Phi.
from Kevin Roose’s bookYoung Money, published today by Grand Central Publishing.
“Good evening, Exalted High Council, former Grand Swipes, Grand Swipes-in-waiting, fellow Wall Street Kappas, Kappas from the Spring Street and Montgomery Street chapters, and worthless neophytes!”
It was January 2012, and Ross, wearing a tuxedo and purple velvet moccasins embroidered with the fraternity’s Greek letters, was standing at the dais of the St. Regis Hotel ballroom, welcoming a crowd of two hundred wealthy and famous Wall Street figures to the Kappa Beta Phi dinner. Ross, the leader (or “Grand Swipe”) of the fraternity, was preparing to invite 21 new members — “neophytes,” as the group called them — to join its exclusive ranks.
Looking up at him from an elegant dinner of rack of lamb and foie gras were many of the most famous investors in the world, including executives from nearly every too-big-to-fail bank, private equity megafirm, and major hedge fund. AIG CEO Bob Benmosche was there, as were Wall Street superlawyer Marty Lipton and Alan “Ace” Greenberg, the former chairman of Bear Stearns. And those were just the returning members. Among the neophytes were hedge fund billionaire and major Obama donor Marc Lasry and Joe Reece, a high-ranking dealmaker at Credit Suisse. [To see the full Kappa Beta Phi member list, click here.] All told, enough wealth and power was concentrated in the St. Regis that night that if you had dropped a bomb on the roof, global finance as we know it might have ceased to exist.
During his introductory remarks, Ross spoke for several minutes about the legend of Kappa Beta Phi – how it had been started in 1929 by “four C+ William and Mary students”; how its crest, depicting a “macho right hand in a proper Savile Row suit and a Turnbull and Asser shirtsleeve,” was superior to that of its namesake Phi Beta Kappa (Ross called Phi Beta Kappa’s ruffled-sleeve logo a “tacit confession of homosexuality”); and how the fraternity’s motto, “Dum vivamus edimus et biberimus,” was Latin for “While we live, we eat and drink.”
On cue, the financiers shouted out in a thundering bellow: “DUM VIVAMUS EDIMUS ET BIBERIMUS.”
The only person not saying the chant along with Ross was me — a journalist who had sneaked into the event, and who was hiding out at a table in the back corner in a rented tuxedo.
I’d heard whisperings about the existence of Kappa Beta Phi, whose members included both incredibly successful financiers (New York City’s Mayor Michael Bloomberg, former Goldman Sachs chairman John Whitehead, hedge-fund billionaire Paul Tudor Jones) and incredibly unsuccessful ones (Lehman Brothers CEO Dick Fuld, Bear Stearns CEO Jimmy Cayne, former New Jersey governor and MF Global flameout Jon Corzine). It was a secret fraternity, founded at the beginning of the Great Depression, that functioned as a sort of one-percenter’s Friars Club. Each year, the group’s dinner features comedy skits, musical acts in drag, and off-color jokes, and its group’s privacy mantra is “What happens at the St. Regis stays at the St. Regis.” For eight decades, it worked. No outsider in living memory had witnessed the entire proceedings firsthand.
I wanted to break the streak for several reasons. As part of my research for my book,Young Money, I’d been investigating the lives of young Wall Street bankers – the 22-year-olds toiling at the bottom of the financial sector’s food chain. I knew what made those people tick. But in my career as a financial journalist, one question that proved stubbornly elusive was what happened to Wall Streeters as they climbed the ladder to adulthood. Whenever I’d interviewed CEOs and chairmen at big Wall Street firms, they were always too guarded, too on-message and wrapped in media-relations armor to reveal anything interesting about the psychology of the ultra-wealthy. But if I could somehow see these barons in their natural environment, with their defenses down, I might be able to understand the world my young subjects were stepping into.
So when I learned when and where Kappa Beta Phi’s annual dinner was being held, I knew I needed to try to go.
Getting in was shockingly easy — a brisk walk past the sign-in desk, and I was inside cocktail hour. Immediately, I saw faces I recognized from the papers. I picked up an event program and saw that there were other boldface names on the Kappa Beta Phi membership roll — among them, then-Citigroup CEO Vikram Pandit, BlackRock CEO Larry Fink, Home Depot billionaire Ken Langone, Morgan Stanley bigwig Greg Fleming, and JPMorgan Chase vice chairman Jimmy Lee. Any way you count, this was one of the most powerful groups of business executives in the world. (Since I was a good 20 years younger than any other attendee, I suspect that anyone taking note of my presence assumed I was a waiter.)
I hadn’t counted on getting in to the Kappa Beta Phi dinner, and now that I had gotten past security, I wasn’t sure quite what to do. I wanted to avoid rousing suspicion, and I knew that talking to people would get me outed in short order. So I did the next best thing — slouched against a far wall of the room, and pretended to tap out emails on my phone.
After cocktail hour, the new inductees – all of whom were required to dress in leotards and gold-sequined skirts, with costume wigs – began their variety-show acts. Among the night’s lowlights:
• Paul Queally, a private-equity executive with Welsh, Carson, Anderson, & Stowe, told off-color jokes to Ted Virtue, another private-equity bigwig with MidOcean Partners. The jokes ranged from unfunny and sexist (Q: “What’s the biggest difference between Hillary Clinton and a catfish?” A: “One has whiskers and stinks, and the other is a fish”) to unfunny and homophobic (Q: “What’s the biggest difference between Barney Frank and a Fenway Frank?” A: “Barney Frank comes in different-size buns”).
• Bill Mulrow, a top executive at the Blackstone Group (who was later appointedchairman of the New York State Housing Finance Agency), and Emil Henry, a hedge fund manager with Tiger Infrastructure Partners and former assistant secretary of the Treasury, performed a bizarre two-man comedy skit. Mulrow was dressed in raggedy, tie-dye clothes to play the part of a liberal radical, and Henry was playing the part of a wealthy baron. They exchanged lines as if staging a debate between the 99 percent and the 1 percent. (“Bill, look at you! You’re pathetic, you liberal! You need a bath!” Henry shouted. “My God, you callow, insensitive Republican! Don’t you know what we need to do? We need to create jobs,” Mulrow shot back.)
• David Moore, Marc Lasry, and Keith Meister — respectively, a holding company CEO, a billionaire hedge-fund manager, and an activist investor — sang a few seconds of a finance-themed parody of “YMCA” before getting the hook.
• Warren Stephens, an investment banking CEO, took the stage in a Confederate flag hat and sang a song about the financial crisis, set to the tune of “Dixie.” (“In Wall Street land we’ll take our stand, said Morgan and Goldman. But first we better get some loans, so quick, get to the Fed, man.”)
A few more acts followed, during which the veteran Kappas continued to gorge themselves on racks of lamb, throw petits fours at the stage, and laugh uproariously. Michael Novogratz, a former Army helicopter pilot with a shaved head and a stocky build whose firm, Fortress Investment Group, had made him a billionaire, was sitting next to me, drinking liberally and annotating each performance with jokes and insults.
“Can you fuckin’ believe Lasry up there?” Novogratz asked me. I nodded. He added, “He just gave me a ride in his jet a month ago.”
The neophytes – who had changed from their drag outfits into Mormon missionary costumes — broke into their musical finale: a parody version of “I Believe,” the hit ballad from The Book of Mormon, with customized lyrics like “I believe that God has a plan for all of us. I believe my plan involves a seven-figure bonus.” Amused, I pulled out my phone, and began recording the proceedings on video. Wrong move.
“Who the hell are you?” Novogratz demanded.
I felt my pulse spike. I was tempted to make a run for it, but – due to the ethics code of the New York Times, my then-employer – I had no choice but to out myself.
“I’m a reporter,” I said.
Novogratz stood up from the table.
“You’re not allowed to be here,” he said.
I, too, stood, and tried to excuse myself, but he grabbed my arm and wouldn’t let go.
“Give me that or I’ll fucking break it!” Novogratz yelled, grabbing for my phone, which was filled with damning evidence. His eyes were bloodshot, and his neck veins were bulging. The song onstage was now over, and a number of prominent Kappas had rushed over to our table. Before the situation could escalate dangerously, a bond investor and former Grand Swipe named Alexandra Lebenthal stepped in between us. Wilbur Ross quickly followed, and the two of them led me out into the lobby, past a throng of Wall Street tycoons, some of whom seemed to be hyperventilating.
Once we made it to the lobby, Ross and Lebenthal reassured me that what I’d just seen wasn’t really a group of wealthy and powerful financiers making homophobic jokes, making light of the financial crisis, and bragging about their business conquests at Main Street’s expense. No, it was just a group of friends who came together to roast each other in a benign and self-deprecating manner. Nothing to see here.
But the extent of their worry wasn’t made clear until Ross offered himself up as a source for future stories in exchange for my cooperation.
“I’ll pick up the phone anytime, get you any help you need,” he said.
“Yeah, the people in this group could be very helpful,” Lebenthal chimed in. “If you could just keep their privacy in mind.”
I wasn’t going to be bribed off my story, but I understood their panic. Here, after all, was a group that included many of the executives whose firms had collectively wrecked the global economy in 2008 and 2009. And they were laughing off the entire disaster in private, as if it were a long-forgotten lark. (Or worse, sing about it — one of the last skits of the night was a self-congratulatory parody of ABBA’s “Dancing Queen,” called “Bailout King.”) These were activities that amounted to a gigantic middle finger to Main Street and that, if made public, could end careers and damage very public reputations.
After several more minutes spent trying to do damage control, Ross and Lebenthal escorted me out of the St. Regis.
As I walked through the streets of midtown in my ill-fitting tuxedo, I thought about the implications of what I’d just seen.
The first and most obvious conclusion was that the upper ranks of finance are composed of people who have completely divorced themselves from reality. No self-aware and socially conscious Wall Street executive would have agreed to be part of a group whose tacit mission is to make light of the financial sector’s foibles. Not when those foibles had resulted in real harm to millions of people in the form of foreclosures, wrecked 401(k)s, and a devastating unemployment crisis.
The second thing I realized was that Kappa Beta Phi was, in large part, a fear-based organization. Here were executives who had strong ideas about politics, society, and the work of their colleagues, but who would never have the courage to voice those opinions in a public setting. Their cowardice had reduced them to sniping at their perceived enemies in the form of satirical songs and sketches, among only those people who had been handpicked to share their view of the world. And the idea of a reporter making those views public had caused them to throw a mass temper tantrum.
The last thought I had, and the saddest, was that many of these self-righteous Kappa Beta Phi members had surely been first-year bankers once. And in the 20, 30, or 40 years since, something fundamental about them had changed. Their pursuit of money and power had removed them from the larger world to the sad extent that, now, in the primes of their careers, the only people with whom they could be truly themselves were a handful of other prominent financiers.
Perhaps, I realized, this social isolation is why despite extraordinary evidence to the contrary, one-percenters like Ross keep saying how badly persecuted they are. When you’re a member of the fraternity of money, it can be hard to see past the foie gras to the real world.
Copyright 2014 by Kevin Roose. Reprinted by permission of Grand Central Publishing. All rights reserved.
Clinton Threat To “Destroy Everyone” Throws Washington Into Chaos
By: Sorcha Faal, and as reported to her Western Subscribers
A stunning Foreign Intelligence Service (SVR) report circulating in the Kremlin today says that during President Putin’s “telephonic conversation” with President Obama yesterday, the American leader stated that Washington D.C. was in “political chaos” after former President Bill Clinton threatened to “destroy everyone” with his “blackmail files” should his wife, Hillary Clinton, be indicted for the crimes she committed against her own government and people.
According to this report, President Putin was forced to personally call President Obama after Russian military commanders attempting to finalize a US initiated agreement regarding Syria proposed by the American leader last week had been continually rebuffed by the Pentagon—and that we reported on in our 4 July report titled “Prepare For War” Warns Russian Military, “Obama Is No Longer In Charge”.
Fearing President Obama was no longer in charge of his own military forces, this report continues, President Putin took it upon himself, yesterday, to personally call President Obama where an agreement on closer military cooperation between the US and Russia in regards to Syria was reached—but during that conversation, President Obama detailed to President Putin the chaos the US government was presently enduring due to former President Clinton’s threat.
Though the text of the exact words spoken between President Putin and President Obama during their call are of a higher security rating then this “general/common” SVR report allows, Russian intelligence agents contributing to it lay out a devastating timeline regarding the facts surrounding Hillary Clinton that shows:
1.) The full knowledge that the Kremlin was in possession of all of the emails from Hillary Clinton’s private computer servers was allowed to be released to the public on 6 May—and which was confirmed this week by both the FBI and US experts.
2.) President Putin, on 13 May, warning military commanders that if Hillary Clinton is elected to be the next US president “it means war”.
4.) The SVR reporting, on 2 June, that the husband, Shahriar Zolfaghari, of Georgia’s statewide prosecutor for human trafficking Camila Wright, who was investigating former President Bill Clinton and his Clinton Foundation co-founder Jeffery Epstein for child sex charges was gunned down. [Clinton body count rises]
5.) The SVR reporting, on 13 June, that Hillary Clinton had been linked to the Orlando murders of pop singer Christina Grimmie and nearly 50 gay pride celebrants in a false flag “massacre event”.
6.) The SVR reporting, on 23 June, that former UN President John Ashe was discovered dead in his home by FBI agents who were going to escort him to testify in front of a grand jury probing Hillary Clinton. [Clinton body count rises]
7.) The SVR reporting, on 28 June, that the US Supreme Court, in an unprecedented ruling, gave Hillary Clinton a “get out of jail free” card for the many bribes she received.
8.) The SVR reporting, on 28 June, that former President Bill Clinton held a secretive meeting with US Attorney General Loretta Lynch where the final details were worked out for Hillary Clinton’s “total exoneration”.
9.) The SVR reporting, on 30 June, that Hillary Clinton was going to retain US Attorney General Loretta Lynch in office.
10.) The SVR reporting that on 1 July, the hacker known as Guccifer, who was able to obtain all of Hillary Clinton’s emails, was discovered missing from his US prison cell by FBI agents. [Potential rise of Clinton body count]
11.) The SVR reporting that on 1 July, US Attorney General Loretta Lynch made a public statement that she would abide by the decision of the FBI Director James Comey as to if charges would filed against Hillary Clinton.
12.) The SVR reporting that on 2 July, Hillary Clinton was interviewed by the FBI.
13.) The SVR reporting that on 5 July, FBI Director James Comey delivered a nationwide address in which he detailed all of Hillary Clinton’s crimes relating to her secret emails—but then said he wasn’t recommending prosecution.
14.) The SVR reporting that on 5 July, President Obama made a public appearance with Hillary Clinton just hours after FBI Director Comey’s exoneration of her stating that he was “ready to pass the baton”.
15.) The SVR reporting that on 6 July, US Attorney General Loretta Lynch issued a statement that not only wouldn’t Hillary Clinton be charged with any crimes, none of her criminal accomplices would be either.
SVR intelligence analysts contributing to this report note that by the Obama regime’s exoneration of Hillary Clinton they not only nullified 6 US Federal criminal laws, but, also, disgraced the FBI and its once stellar reputation.
Also to be destroyed by Hillary Clinton’s exoneration, this report continues, is the United States reputation as being a nation of laws that apply to everyone equally—made especially damning in the light ofChina sending one its top politicians to jail for life for excepting bribes this past week, and Russia itself, also this past week, firing two of its top military commanders for the mere suspicion that they were negligent in their duties.
To why the Clintons have been allowed to continue their 25-year-saga of existing outside of the laws every other American has to live by, this report concludes, is solely due to the massive blackmail files former President Bill Clinton has compiled on numerous top politicians, bankers and elites (and has threatened to release if Hillary Clinton is ever charged) containing videos and photos of them having sex with child sex slaves kept by Jeffery Epstein—and that EVERY SINGLE American news media outlet knows about, but are too terrified to report on.
Editor Note: If anyone ever wanted to see a real life example of how the former Soviet Union selected its communist leaders, you couldn’t find a better example than what is happening with Hillary Clinton in America today.
4000 babies just born with shrunken heads in last 90 days in Brazil
Is it the dTap purtusis vaccines administered at 22 weeks of pregnancy or the GM Mosquitoes recently released that are causing the birth defect seen in these poor baby’s?
The Zika virus has been known to infect people in Africa, South and Central America and Asia for more than 70 years without causing any birth defects.
The Brazilian government declared an emergency in December after 2,400 babies were found to be born with shrunken heads and brain defects believed to be linked to mosquitoes carrying the Zika Virus. The number of babies born with the defects has been rising significantly since then.
But could there be a link between the introduction of the Tdap vaccination that women in Latin America were urged to get before they were 22 weeks pregnant, and the birth of babies with these deformities called “Microcephaly” (literally ‘tiny head’)?
The following is an article from Brazilian shrunken head babies blog:
In late 2014, the Ministry of Health of Brazil announced the introduction of the Tdap (Tetanus, diphtheria, and acellular pertussis) vaccine for all pregnant women in that country as part of its routine vaccination program. The move was aimed at trying to contain the resurgence of pertussis in Brazil.
In December 2015, the Brazilian government declared an emergency after 2,400 Brazilian babies were found to be born with shrunken heads (microcephaly) and damaged brains since October.
Brazilian public health officials don’t know what is causing the increase in microcephaly cases in babies born in Brazil, but they are theorizing that it may be caused by a virus known as “Zika,” which is spread by mosquitoes (Aedes aegypti)—in the same way as is the West Nile virus.
This is the result.
Anyone remember thalidomide?
The theory is largely based on the fact that they found the Zika virus in a baby with microcephaly following an autopsy of the dead child. The virus was also found in the amniotic fluid of two mothers whose babies had the condition.
Note that Zika is not a new virus; it has been around for decades. No explanation has been given as to why suddenly it could be causing all these cases of microcephaly. No one is seriously asking the question, “What has changed?”
There is no theorizing about the possibility that the cases of microcephaly could be linked to the mandating of the Tdap vaccine for all pregnant women in Brazil about 10 months earlier. The government has “assumed” the cause is a virus.
FACT—Drug companies did not test the safety and effectiveness of giving Tdap vaccine to pregnant women before the vaccines were licensed in the U.S. and there is almost no data on inflammatory or other biological responses to this vaccine that could affect pregnancy and birth outcomes.
FACT—According to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) adequate testing has not been done in humans to demonstrate safety for pregnant women and it is not known whether the vaccines can cause fetal harm or affect reproduction capacity. The manufacturers of the Tdap vaccine state that human toxicity and fertility studies are inadequate and warn that Tdap should “be given to a pregnant woman only if clearly needed.”
FACT—There are ingredients pertussis containing Tdap vaccine that have not been fully evaluated for potential genotoxic or other adverse effects on the human fetus developing in the womb that may negatively affect health after birth, including aluminum adjuvants, mercury containing (Thimerosal) preservatives and many more bioactive and potentially toxic ingredients.
FACT—There are serious problems with outdated testing procedures for determining the potency and toxicity of pertussis vaccines and some scientists are calling for limits to be established for specific toxin content of pertussis-containing vaccines.
FACT—There are no published biological mechanism studies that assess pre-vaccination health status and measure changes in brain and immune function and chromosomal integrity after vaccination of pregnant women or their babies developing in the womb.
FACT—Since licensure of Tdap vaccine in the U.S., there have been no well designed prospective case controlled studies comparing the health outcomes of large groups of women who get pertussis containing Tdap vaccine during pregnancy either separately or simultaneously compared to those who do not get the vaccines, and no similar health outcome comparisons of their newborns at birth or in the first year of life have been conducted. Safety and effectiveness evaluations that have been conducted are either small, retrospective, compare vaccinated women to vaccinated women or have been performed by drug company or government health officials using unpublished data.
FACT—FACT—The FDA has licensed Tdap vaccines to be given once as a single dose pertussis booster shot to individuals over 10 or 11 years old. The CDC’s recommendation that doctors give every pregnant woman a Tdap vaccination during every pregnancy—regardless of whether a woman has already received one dose of Tdap—is an off-label use of the vaccine.
- This is a vial label:
*note “Administer Tdap to women during each pregnancy regardless of previous Tdap vaccination history.”
FACT—Injuries and deaths from pertussis-containing vaccines are the most compensated claims in the federal Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (VICP) and influenza vaccine injuries and deaths are the second most compensated claim.
FACT—A 2013 published study evaluating reports of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM) following vaccination in the U. S. Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) and in a European vaccine reaction reporting system found that pertussis containing DTaP was among the vaccines most frequently associated with brain inflammation in children between birth and age five.
Tdap is manufactured by two pharmaceutical companies: Sanofi Pasteur of France and GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) of the United Kingdom.
The Sanofi Pasteur product contains aluminum phosphate, residual formaldehyde, residual glutaraldehyde, and 2-phenoxyethanola, along with the following growth mediums and process ingredients: Stainer-Scholte medium, casamino acids, dimethyl-beta-cyclodextrin, glutaraldehyde, formaldehyde, aluminum phosphate, modified Mueller-Miller casamino acid medium without beef heart infusion, ammonium sulfate, 2-phenoxyethanol, water for injection.
The GSK product contains aluminum hydroxide, sodium chloride, residual formaldehyde, polysorbate 80 (Tween 80), along with the following growth mediums and process ingredients: modified Latham medium derived from bovine casein, Fenton medium containing bovine extract, formaldehyde, Stainer-Scholte liquid medium, glutaraldehyde, aluminum hydroxide.
Unsurprisingly, the Brazilian government announced on January 15, 2016 it will direct funds to a biomedical research center (Sao Paulo-based Butantan Institute) to help develop a vaccine against Zika. Development of the vaccine is expected to take 3-5 years. Again, no consideration to the irony that you may be developing a vaccine to address a problem that may have been CAUSED by a vaccine, and that that new vaccine may COMPOUND the problem No consideration to the possibility that the answer to the problem may not be to do MORE, but rather to do LESS (simply STOP giving Tdap to pregnant women).
The number of cases of microcephaly in Brazil has grown to 3,530 babies, as of mid-January 2016. Fewer than 150 such cases were seen in all of 2014.
Has this vaccine been used in the US in that time period? If it had, you would see a lot more problems there as well. Is it Zika, something else, a combination? Scary situation all around.
Breaking: Zika Outbreak Epicenter in Same Area Where GM Mosquitoes Were Released in 2015
January 29, 2016
(ANTIMEDIA) U.S.A. — The World Health Organization announced it will convene an Emergency Committee under International Health Regulations on Monday, February 1, concerning the Zika virus ‘explosive’ spread throughout the Americas. The virus reportedly has the potential to reach pandemic proportions — possibly around the globe. But understandingwhy this outbreak happened is vital to curbing it. As the WHOstatement said:
“A causal relationship between Zika virus infection and birth malformations and neurological syndromes … is strongly suspected. [These links] have rapidly changed the risk profile of Zika, from a mild threat to one of alarming proportions.
“WHO is (apparently) deeply concerned about this rapidly evolving situation for 4 main reasons: the possible association of infection with birth malformations and neurological syndromes; the potential for further international spread given the wide geographical distribution of the mosquito vector; the lack of population immunity in newly affected areas; and the absence of vaccines, specific treatments, and rapid diagnostic tests […]
“The level of concern is high, as is the level of uncertainty.”
Zika seemingly exploded out of nowhere. Though it was first discovered in 1947, cases only sporadically occurred throughout Africa and southern Asia. In 2007, the first case was reported in the Pacific. In 2013, a smattering of small outbreaks and individual cases were officially documented in Africa and the western Pacific. They also began showing up in the Americas. In May 2015, Brazil reported its first case of Zika virus — and the situation changed dramatically.
Brazil is now considered the epicenter of the Zika outbreak, which coincides with at least 4,000 reports of babies born with microcephaly just since October.
When examining a rapidly expanding potential pandemic, it’s necessary to leave no stone unturned so possible solutions, as well as future prevention, will be as effective as possible. In that vein, there was another significant development in 2015.
Oxitec first unveiled its large-scale, genetically-modified mosquito farm in Brazil in July 2012, with the goal of reducing “the incidence of dengue fever,” as The Disease Daily reported. Dengue fever is spread by the same Aedes mosquitoes which spread the Zika virus — and though they “cannot fly more than 400 meters,” WHO stated, “it may inadvertently be transported by humans from one place to another.” By July 2015, shortly after the GM mosquitoes were first released into the wild in Juazeiro, Brazil, Oxitec proudly announced they had “successfully controlled the Aedes aegypti mosquito that spreads dengue fever, chikungunya and zika virus, by reducing the target population by more than 90%.”
Though that might sound like an astounding success — and, arguably, it was — there is an alarming possibility to consider.
Nature, as one Redditor keenly pointed out, finds a way — and the effort to control dengue, zika, and other viruses, appears to have backfired dramatically.
Map showing the concentration of suspected Zika-related cases of microcephaly in Brazil.
The particular strain of Oxitec GM mosquitoes, OX513A, are genetically altered so the vast majority of their offspring will die before they mature — though Dr. Ricarda Steinbrecher published concerns in a report in September 2010 that a known survival rate of 3-4 percent warranted further study before the release of the GM insects. Her concerns, which were echoed by several other scientists both at the time and since, appear to have been ignored — though they should not have been.
Those genetically-modified mosquitoes work to control wild, potentially disease-carrying populations in a very specific manner. Only the male modified Aedes mosquitoes are supposed to be released into the wild — as they will mate with their unaltered female counterparts. Once offspring are produced, the modified, scientific facet is supposed to ‘kick in’ and kill that larvae before it reaches breeding age — if tetracycline is not present during its development. But there is a problem.
Aedes aegypti mosquito. Image credit: Muhammad Mahdi Karim
According to an unclassified document from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate Committee for Agriculture dated February 2015, Brazil is the third largest in “global antimicrobial consumption in food animal production” — meaning, Brazil is third in the world for its use of tetracycline in its food animals. As a study by the American Society of Agronomy, et. al., explained, “It is estimated that approximately 75% of antibiotics are not absorbed by animals and are excreted in waste.” One of the antibiotics (or antimicrobials) specifically named in that report for its environmental persistence is tetracycline.In fact, as a confidential internal Oxitec document divulged in 2012, that survival rate could be as high as 15% — even with low levels of tetracycline present. “Even small amounts of tetracycline can repress” the engineered lethality. Indeed, that 15% survival rate was described by Oxitec:
“After a lot of testing and comparing experimental design, it was found that [researchers] had used a cat food to feed the [OX513A] larvae and this cat food contained chicken. It is known that tetracycline is routinely used to prevent infections in chickens, especially in the cheap, mass produced, chicken used for animal food. The chicken is heat-treated before being used, but this does not remove all the tetracycline. This meant that a small amount of tetracycline was being added from the food to the larvae and repressing the [designed] lethal system.”
Even absent this tetracycline, as Steinbrecher explained, a “sub-population” of genetically-modified Aedes mosquitoes could theoretically develop and thrive, in theory, “capable of surviving and flourishing despite any further” releases of ‘pure’ GM mosquitoes which still have that gene intact. She added, “the effectiveness of the system also depends on the [genetically-designed] late onset of the lethality. If the time of onset is altered due to environmental conditions … then a 3-4% [survival rate] represents a much bigger problem…”
As the WHO stated in its press release, “conditions associated with this year’s El Nino weather pattern are expected to increase mosquito populations greatly in many areas.”
Incidentally, President Obama called for a massive research effort to develop a vaccine for the Zika virus, as one does not currently exist. Brazil has now called in 200,000 soldiers to somehow help combat the virus’ spread. Aedes mosquitoes have reportedly been spotted in the U.K. But perhaps the most ironic — or not —proposition was proffered on January 19, by the MIT Technology Review:
“An outbreak in the Western Hemisphere could give countries including the United States new reasons to try wiping out mosquitoes with genetic engineering.
“Yesterday, the Brazilian city of Piracicaba said it would expand the use of genetically modified mosquitoes …
“The GM mosquitoes were created by Oxitec, a British company recently purchased by Intrexon, a synthetic biology company based in Maryland. The company said it has released bugs in parts of Brazil and the Cayman Islands to battle dengue fever.”
“so the vast majority of their offspring will die before they mature …”
is it a “leap” of logic to think the SAME effect might happen with “other” offspring, not just the mosquitoes’ —- and cause THAT offspring to actually NOT “mature”—-as in arrested development of the brain / head?
Shades of Thalidomide and the karma of “unintended consequences”….
- please help expose this, we all need to move on it #anonfamily we need #OpTdap
Thought it was just mosquitoes?
According to Global Research’s stunning article, the Zika Virus is actually the product of two companies: The LGC Group, which is headquartered in the U.K., and the ATCC, which is headquartered in the U.S.
One of LGC’s branches, the LGC Standards, by definition, is “…a leading global producer and distributor of reference materials and proficiency testing schemes. Headquartered in Teddington, Middlesex, UK, LGC Standards has a network of dedicated sales offices extending across 20 countries in 5 continents and more than 30 years experience in the distribution of reference materials. These high quality products and services are essential for accurate analytical measurement and quality control, ensuring sound decisions are made based on reliable data. We have an unparalleled breadth of ISO Guide 34 accredited reference material production in facilities at 4 sites across the UK, the US and Germany.”
The ATCC, on the other hand, is “…the premier global biological materials resource and standards organization whose mission focuses on the acquisition, authentication, production, preservation, development, and distribution of standard reference microorganisms, cell lines, and other materials. While maintaining traditional collection materials, ATCC develops high quality products, standards, and services to support scientific research and breakthroughs that improve the health of global populations.”
Breakthroughs that improve the health of global populations?
Like producing and spreading the Zika Virus?
Oh, but that’s not all folks! It gets much worse!!!
Exactly WHO funds this “Zika Virus?”
Well, according to ATCC themselves (Click on “History”), the Zika Virus ATCC VR-84 is funded by J. Casals, ROCKEFELLER FOUNDATION!!!
The Rockefeller Foundation funds, owns, and patents this “virus!”
And if you thought that was bad, check out what David Rockefeller himself said at the Trilateral Commission in June 1991:
“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years. … It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supernational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”
More Info Below!
Global Vaccine Conspiracy Exposed: Health Hazards Known All Along
SOTN Editor’s Note:
The following exposé on the CDC and its dubious practices clearly demonstrate that the agency has been working against the interests of the American people. Their conduct concerning the ubiquitous super vaccination agenda being foisted on the nation is both unlawful and immoral, harmful and deadly. Many have gone further and declared the CDC a criminal organization that has been completely taken over by pharmaceutical and other medical corporations.
What has always been clear to those who know the anecdotal evidence: Vaccines are extremely dangerous to people of every age and health status. They represent the greatest assault to human health methodically perpetrated by the U.S. Healthcare Delivery System. In other words the Government-Corporate Vaccine Complex has literally institutionalized chemical assault and chemical trespass. The scandalous results have been lifelong disease and injury, as well as premature and sometimes painful death for many unsuspecting citizens.
There is perhaps no greater threat to the children of the world than the state-mandated vaccination scheduled. Forcing parents to subject their babies and young children to such dangerous and risky vaccine regimes is so unacceptable it must be terminated post-haste.
The only practical way of shutting down the super vaccination juggernaut that rolls across the land is to hold those individuals within the US Health & Human Service Department Services, the CDC, the NIH, the FDA, Surgeon General’s office who have functioned as co-conspirators with their corporate counterparts.
The article below ought to be read by every resident of Planet Earth. The health of national populations everywhere is now under tremendous threat by the WHO global vaccine initiatives. Likewise, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is a powerful transnational enterprise that seeks to vaccinate every child on the planet according to outrageous vaccine schedules, especially the newborns and young babies.
State of the Nation
February 3, 2016
The Vaccine Hoax is Over. Documents from UK reveal 30 Years of Coverup
Andrew Baker ( FFN) — Freedom of Information Act in the UK filed by a doctor there has revealed 30 years of secret official documents showing that government experts have
1. Known the vaccines don’t work
2. Known they cause the diseases they are supposed to prevent
3. Known they are a hazard to children
4. Colluded to lie to the public
5. Worked to prevent safety studies
Those are the same vaccines that are mandated to children in the US.
Educated parents can either get their children out of harm’s way or continue livinginsideone of the largest most evil lies in history, that vaccines – full of heavy metals, viral diseases, mycoplasma, fecal material, DNA fragments from other species, formaldehyde, polysorbate 80 (a sterilizing agent) – are a miracle of modern medicine.
Freedom of Information Act filed in the US with the CDC by a doctor with an autistic son, seeking information on what the CDC knows about the dangers of vaccines, had by law to be responded to in 20 days. Nearly 7 years later, the doctor went to court and the CDC argued it does not have to turn over documents. A judge ordered the CDC to turn over the documents on September 30th, 2011.
On October 26, 2011, a Denver Post editorial expressed shock that the Obama administration, after promising to be especially transparent, was proposing changes to the Freedom of Information Act that would allow it to go beyond declaring some documents secret and to actually allow government agencies (such as the CDC) to declare some document “non-existent.”
Simultaneous to this on-going massive CDC cover up involving its primary “health” notrecommendationbut MANDATE for American children, the CDC is in deep trouble over its decades of covering up the damaging effects of fluoride and affecting the lives of all Americans, especially children and the immune compromised. Lawsuits are being prepared. Children are ingesting 3-4 times more fluoride by body weight as adults and “[t]he sheer number of potentially harmed citizens — persons with dental fluorosis, kidney patients tipped into needing dialysis, diabetics, thyroid patients, etc — numbers in the millions.”
The CDC is obviously acting against the health of the American people. But the threat to the lives of the American people posed by the CDC’s behavior does not stop there. It participated in designed pandemic laws that are on the books in every state in the US, which arrange for the government to use military to force unknown, untested vaccines, drugs, chemicals, and “medical” treatments on the entire country if it declares a pandemic emergency.
The CDC’s credibility in declaring such a pandemic emergency is non-existent, again based on Freedom of Information Act. For in 2009, after the CDC had declared the H1N1 “pandemic,” the CDC refused to respond to Freedom of Information Act filed by CBS News and the CDC also attempted to block theirinvestigation. What the CDC was hiding was its part in one of the largest medical scandals in history, putting out wildly exaggerated data on what it claimed were H1N1 cases, and by doing so, created the false impression of a “pandemic” in the US.
The CDC was also covering up e financial scandal to rival the bailout since the vaccines for the false pandemic cost the US billions. And worse, the CDC put pregnant women first in line for an untested vaccine with a sterilizing agent, polysorbate 80, in it. Thanks to the CDC, “the number of vaccine-related “fetal demise” reports increased by 2,440 percent in 2009 compared to previous years, which is even more shocking than the miscarriage statistic [700% increase].
The exposure of the vaccine hoax is running neck and neck with the much older hoax of a deadly 1918-19 flu. It was aspirin that killed people in 1918-19, not a pandemic flu. It was the greatest industrial catastrophe in human history with 20-50 million people dying but it was blamed on a flu. The beginning of the drug industry began with that success (and Monsanto was part of it). The flu myth was used by George Bush to threaten the world with “another pandemic flu that could kill millions” – a terror tactic to get pandemic laws on the books in every state and worldwide. Then the CDC used hoax of the pandemic hoax to create terror over H1N1 and to push deadly vaccines on the public, killing thousands of unborn children and others. (CDC will not release the data and continues to push the same vaccine.)
The hoax of the vaccine schedule is over, exposed by FOIAs in the UK.
The hoax of the CDC’s interest in children’s lives has been exposedby its refusal to respond to a doctor’s FOIAs around its knowledge of vaccine dangers.
The 1918-19 pandemic hoax has been exposed by Dr. Karen Starko’s work on aspirin’s role in killing people.
And despite refusing to respond to FOIAS, the CDC’s scandalous hoax of a 2009 flu pandemic and its part in creating it, was exposed by CBS NEWS.
And the Obama administration, in attempting to salvage the last vestige of secrecy around what is really happening with vaccines, by declaring agency documents non-existent, has made its claim of transparency, non-existent.
But pandemic laws arranging for unknown vaccines to be forced on the entire country are still in place with HHS creating a vaccine mixture that should never be used onanyone and all liability for vaccines having been removed. Meanwhile, a Canadian study has just proven that the flu vaccine containing the H1N1 vaccine which kills babies in utero, actually increases the risk of serious pandemic flu.
Americans who have been duped into submitting their children to the CDC’s deadly vaccines, have a means to respond now. People from every walk of life and every organization, must
1. take the information from the UK FOIAs exposing 30 years of vaccine lies, the refusal of the CDC to provide any information on what it knows about those lies, and the Obama Administration’s efforts to hide the CDC’s awareness of those lies, and go to their state legislatures, demand theimmediate nullification of the CDC vaccine schedule and the pandemic laws.
2. inform every vet. active duty military person, law enforcement people, DHS agents and medical personnel they know, of the vaccine hoax, for their families are deeply threatened, too, but they may not be aware of it or that they have been folded into agency structures by the pharmaceutical industry (indistinguishable from the bankers and oil companies) that would make them agents of death for their country with the declaration of a “pandemic” emergency or “bio-terrorist” attack. It is completely clear now that the terrorism/bioterrorism structures are scams so that any actions taken to “protect” this country using those laws would in fact be what threatens the existence of Americans.
It was aspirin that killed millions in 1918-19. Now it is mandated and unknown, untested vaccines with banned adjuvants in them that threaten the country with millions of deaths. At the same time, the CDC is holding 500,000 mega-coffins, built to be incinerated, on its property outside Atlanta. Not to put tofine a point on this, but it’s clear now that the CDC should not be involved in any way with public health.
Thanks to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), we know that vaccines are not a miracle of modern medicine. Any medical or government authority which insists vaccines prevent diseases is either ignorant of government documents (and endless studies) revealing the exact opposite or of the CDC’s attempts to hide the truth about vaccines from the public, or means harm to the public.
Thanks to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), we know the vaccine schedule is a hoax.
The health danger to American children and adults are vaccines.
Andrew Baker, Food Freedom News
The vaccination policy and the Code of Practice of the Joint Committee on Vaccination and Immunisation (JCVI): are they at odds? (PDF)
The Big Short Movie Article by The Fiscal Times
If you haven’t seen “The Big Short” yet, you need to! Deja Vu of 2008 on a bigger scale!
The Fiscal Times reported: “The Big Short tells us to keep the focus on Wall Street: A caption at the end highlights a new product being sold called a “bespoke tranche opportunity,” just another word for a CDO. But the underlying assets in these derivatives are largely corporate debt, and the numbers are so far pitifully small — $20 billion a year, compared to the trillion dollars annually in securitized subprime loans during the bubble. Private securitization for mortgages has been basically flat for seven years.”
David Hodges – Common Sense Show
Who Really Owns Your Home?
This is the first part of a two part series on who really owns our homes. MERS is up and running again stealing people’s homes. However, it is not just MERS. It is the people who own MERS. And who owns MERS? Increasingly, it is the Chinese. They own JP Morgan, Rockefeller Square and a large chunk of Goldmann Sachs. And the Chinese are increasingly in control of these organizations.
THE MOVE TO CONFISCATE PRIVATE PROPERTY
The move to confiscate all privately held wealth in the United States is well underway. In the past few years, we have experienced bail-outs, planned bail-ins, Treasury Secretary Jack Lew is positioning to confiscate all 401k’s and pensions and now the MERS mortgage fraud is accelerating to new heights thanks to a rash of recent State Supreme Court decisions affirming the Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems (MERS) right to foreclose on your home without having recorded a valid title and the foreclosure can take place outside of a courtroom.
For the past 230+ years, the Constitution protected property rights from would-be feudal lords who would suddenly appear with a title to your home and force you out. This practice worked well until the introduction of the MERS Mortgage fraud.
MERS was a conglomeration created by the megabanks for the purpose of administering mortgages. The practice quickly got out of control as one’s home mortgage title could be transfered dozens of times without notifying the homeowner. The practice quickly turned illegal when a homeowner, unknown to them, would be paying their mortgage to a title company that no longer held the title to their home. Then, the title company which currently held the note would show up and lay claim to the home in a repossession proceeding. In some cases, people with completely paid off mortgages had their homes stolen. Eventually, the people pushed back.
Show Me the Note
At the present rate, it will not be long until private home ownership will become a rare event.
The State Supreme Courts
A rash of State Supreme Court decisions ranging from Illinois, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,New Hampshire, California, Indiana, Washington, Colorado and most recently Washington and West Virginia have overturned lower court decision which demanded that MERS produce a chain of custody for titles and that all foreclosures must take place in court. Unfortunately, MERS no longer has to take you to court to steal your property. They no longer have to file a dead of transfer with the court. Thanks to these rulings, they can simply should up and seize your property based upon fraudulent or flimsy evidence. These recent decisions are setting a precedent all across the country for other courts follow.
From Fascism to Feudalism
The late Aaron Russo made a documentary entitled America: From Freedom to Fascism. Russo was correct, America has been under the control of corporations and the banks. However, Fascism is preferable to what we now face. With the ongoing elimination of private wealth across this country, I would entitle the trend cure to be, America: From Fascism to Feudalism.
MERS Is Flaunting Their Criminal Behavior
Because I have been an outspoken critic of MERS, I find it interesting that MERS chose to include me in their email distribution list in which they bragged about yesterday’s West Virgina’s Supreme Court decision which does not require MERS to demonstrate a chain of custody or a mortgage title and MERS can foreclose outside of court. Here is an excerpt of the press release.
“Reston, Virginia, February 10, 2015—MERSCORP Holdings, Inc. today announced that the Supreme Court of Appeals of West Virginia held recording statutes in West Virginia do not require that the assignment of a trust deed be recorded in the office of the clerk of the county commission.”
The United States is quickly descending down the path of serfdom in a 21st century application of modern day feudalism. We are witnessing the rapid decent of what once was the most dynamic and wealthiest empire in the history of the planet, to a country which will soon be labeled as a Third World country. These times are marked by the elite moving to own everything and using the power of the government to accomplish their end-game. Congress is complicit as is the judiciary.
When America emerges from the coming economic collapse, the middle class of this country will own nothing. We will all find ourselves living on the feudal manner with no property rights, bank account or pension. We will soon awaken to the fact that our Constitution is dead and with it all of our rights. And amazingly, we did virtually nothing to stop it.
Since the Chinese are behind every organization involved in MERS, they are ultimately going to be your landlord. Could you forsee a day where hundreds of millions of Chinese are shipped to America and these political cast-offs will one day be living in your home.
62 People Have More Wealth Than Half The World, Top 1% Have More Than Everyone Else
Submitted by Tyler Durden
Just 62 individuals now hold the same amount of wealth as 3.6 billion people, the bottom half of the entire planet — a shocking statistic made even more alarming when considering as recently as 2010, that same half of all wealth was held by 388 people. Now, 80 billionaires collectively hold over $2 trillion, while the bottom half has lost $1 trillion of their wealth — in just five years.
A new report published Monday by Oxfam International — tellingly titled, An Economy For The 1% — reveals a number of jaw-dropping figures that illustrate the struggles resultant from such an exponential increase in the stratification of wealth. According to the study:
“The global inequality crisis is reaching new extremes. The richest 1% now have more wealth than the rest of the world combined. Power and privilege is being used to skew the economic system to increase the gap between the richest and the rest. A global network of tax havens further enables the richest individuals to hide $7.6 trillion. The fight against poverty will not be won until the inequality crisis is tackled.”
In only five years, those 62 billionaires saw their wealth grow 44% — an increase of $542 billion — to a whopping $1.76 trillion. And, of course, the flip side of this concentration of money at the top meant “the wealth of the bottom half fell by just over a trillion dollars in the same period — a drop of 41%.” Half of all global wealth accrued just since the year 2000 ended up in the hands of the 1%, while the poorest half of the planet’s population split a meager 1% of that increase. In nearly 25 years, Oxfam further revealed, the income of the world’s poorest 10% has risen by less than a single cent per day — an increase of less than $3.00 each year.
On average, each adult belonging to the richest 1% on Earth has wealth totaling $1.7 million — a figure 300 times greater than the average held by 90% of people on the planet, “although for many people in the bottom 10 percent their wealth is zero or negative.”
But the poverty-fighting group doesn’t stop with simply listing figures; instead, Oxfam issued a scathing explanation of how such wealth and income disparities became reality.
“Far from trickling down, income and wealth are instead being sucked upwards at an alarming rate. Once there, an ever more elaborate system of tax havens and an industry of wealth managers ensures that it stays there, far from the reach of ordinary citizens and their governments. One recent estimate is that $7.6 trillion of individual wealth — more than the combined gross domestic product (GDP) of the U.K. and Germany — is currently held offshore […]
“Economic policy changes over the past 30 years — including deregulation, privatization, financial secrecy, and globalization, especially of finance — have supercharged the age-old ability of the rich and powerful to use their position to further concentrate their wealth […]
“A powerful example of an economic system that is rigged to work in the interests of the powerful is the global spider’s web of tax havens and the industry of tax avoidance, which has blossomed over recent decades. It has been given intellectual legitimacy by the dominant market fundamentalist world view that low taxes for rich individuals and companies are necessary to spur economic growth and are somehow good news for us all. The system is maintained by a highly paid, industrious bevy of professionals in the private banking, legal, accounting, and investment industries.”
Though there exist perfectly justifiable arguments for the elimination of taxation, in the meantime, these elites and über-rich individuals – and often their corporations – exploit the system for personal benefit in a way not possible for the rest of us. By throwing money into political campaigns, think tanks, lobbying firms, and other means of influence, the ultra-wealthy retain the ability to form policy by proxy. Both dark money and overt funding pressure politicians into legislating for the few. As Jared Bernstein of the Center on Budget and Policy Priorities recently pointed out, “There’s this notion that the wealthy use their money to buy politicians; more accurately, it’s that they can buy policy, and specifically, tax policy.”
In fact, in an analysis of 200 top companies, including the World Economic Forum’s strategic partners, as well as picks from some of the world’s largest businesses, Oxfam found nine in ten “have a presence in at least one tax haven” — and with just 50 big banks managing the bulk of “offshore wealth,” havens are unbelievably lucrative. Tax avoidance, in creating strains on world governments’ ability to fund basic social programs — including those meant to aid society’s most vulnerable people — has been termed a “violation of international human rights law” by the International Bar Association.
One crucial finding in the report evidences the systemic disparity in pay between men and women around the globe — in particular, the “acceptability of paying women lower wages … cited as a key factor in increasing profitability.” Money-hungry companies avoid implementing vital fire and safety measures to eke out every possible ounce of profit. Employment of monopolies, intellectual property laws, and industry lobbyists further benefits the few at the expense of the majority.
“The current system did not come about by accident,” Oxfam’s report scolds. “[I]t is the result of deliberate policy choices, of our leaders listening to the 1% and their supporters rather than acting in the interests of the majority. It is time to reject this broken economic model.” Even further, Oxfam asserts, “humanity can do better than this, we have the talent, the technology, and the imagination to build a much better world. We have the chance to build a more human economy, where the interests of the majority are put first.”
The question is, will we do it?
Derivatives for Leading Domestic Financial/Bank Holding Companies
|Following is a list of derivative contracts (total gross notional amount) held for trading (USD, in thousands) for the leading Domestic Financial and Bank Holding Companies.This list can be sequenced by institution name, interest rate, foreign exchange, equity derivative or commodity and other by clicking on the label at the head of the column. Detailed financial information for an institution can be retrieved by clicking on the institution name.|
Reporting Period – quarter ended 2015 09 30 :
iBanknet.com makes no claims as to the accuracy of the financial information contained on iBanknet.com and will not be held liable for any use of this information. The information on iBanknet.com is for personal use only. Any other use of this information is prohibited without obtaining prior written permission.
Our reality is carefully constructed by powerful corporate, political and special interest sources in order to covertly sway public opinion. Blatant lies are often televised regarding terrorism, food, war, health, etc. They are fashioned to sway public opinion and condition viewers to accept what have become destructive societal norms.
The practice of manipulating and controlling public opinion with distorted media messages has become so common that there is a whole industry formed around this. The entire role of this brainwashing industry is to figure out how to spin information to journalists, similar to the lobbying of government. It is never really clear just how much truth the journalists receive because the news industry has become complacent. The messages that it presents are shaped by corporate powers who often spend millions on advertising with the six conglomerates that own 90% of the media: General Electric (GE), News-Corp, Disney, Viacom, Time Warner, and CBS. Yet, these corporations function under many different brands, such as Fox, ABC, CNN, Comcast, Wall Street Journal, etc, giving people the perception of choice.
“As Tavistock’s researchers showed, it was important that the victims of mass brainwashing not be aware that their environment was being controlled; there should thus be a vast number of sources for information, whose messages could be varied slightly, so as to mask the sense of external control.” ~ Specialist of mass brainwashing, L. Wolfe
New Brainwashing Tactics Called Astroturf
With alternative media on the rise, the propaganda machine continues to expand. Below is a video of Sharyl Attkisson, investigative reporter with CBS, during which she explains how “astroturf,” or fake grassroots movements, are used to spin information not only to influence journalists but to sway public opinion.
“Astroturf is a perversion of grassroots. Astroturf is when political, corporate or other special interests disguise themselves and publish blogs, start facebook and twitter accounts, publish ads, letters to the editor, or simply post comments online, to try to fool you into thinking an independent or grassroots movement is speaking.” ~ Sharyl Attkisson, Investigative Reporter
How do you separate fact from fiction? Sharyl Attkisson finishes her talk with some insights on how to identify signs of propaganda and astroturf.
Here is a summary of astroturf tactics. Once you’re aware of them, you will notice just how popular they have truly become:
- Creating of Wikipedia pages, monitored by corporations.
- Creating a social media presence, including Facebook and Twitter accounts, run by paid professionals.
- Secretly funding non-profit organizations to create third-party support and web presence.
- Search engine optimizing web pages such as blogs and third-party sites that support a specific agenda.
- Financing industry research that is deceitfully presented as independent opinion.
- Funding experts working on unrelated projects, while in reality creating paid consultants.
These methods are used to give people the impression that there is widespread support for an agenda, when, in reality, one may not exist. Astroturf tactics are also used to discredit or criticize those that disagree with certain agendas, using stereotypical names such as conspiracy theorist or quack. When in fact when someone dares to reveal the truth or questions the ‘official’ story, it should spark a deeper curiosity and encourage further scrutiny of the information.
About the Author
This article (Journalist Reveals Tactics Brainwashing Industry Uses to Manipulate the Public) was originally created and published by Waking Times and is published here under a Creative Commons license with attribution to Vic Bishop and WakingTimes.com. It may be re-posted freely with proper attribution, author bio, and this copyright statement. Please contact WakingTimes@gmail.com for more info.
World War III Is Close, Civil War Is Even Closer As the Banksters Are Going Into Hiding
For the privileged elite, they get to hide in underground hideouts in places like Denver International Airport in order to escape what is coming.
Has World War III possibly begun or just about to begin? Or, is it more likely that a civil war is about to unfold? Have the elite and the key personnel in the intelligence agencies who provide information to the elite taken action to protect themselves from what is coming? This article examines a string of events which would indicate that World War III is close and civil war is even closer.
See the Warning Signs
How can you tell when there is about to be an earthquake? The answer is simple. All you have to do is to watch the animals run for cover. Animals can sense earthquakes long before humans. If you want to know what is coming, watch what the elite are doing, they know before the rest of us.
The Elite Began to Run for Cover In Late 2012
Have retired DHS and FEMA personnel discovered there is somewhere to run and hide?
Something big is about to happen. So many say of us that we can feel it in their bones. These persons would be correct. How do I know? Some of my very best contacts have told me that it is time to stop warning the people, because it is now time to start hiding from the wrong people and some very bad events coming our way. My initial reaction was to not believe them, but there are too many well-placed sources that tell us that we are living in very dangerous times which will bring great upheaval and grave danger.
For example, a migration to underground hideouts began three plus years ago in earnest for members of the alphabet soup agency retirees. I knew one of these “refugees” personally and he pointed to 2015 as the time when he anticipated that “all hell was going to break loose”. I previously wrote an article about the defection of my friend and former FEMA contact, his family as well as several like-minded individuals from FEMA and DHS, during the holiday season of 2012.
Additionally, I was sent an email regarding a survival tip for the difficult times ahead by Pastor Lindsay Williams. Pastor Williams is well-connected to a couple of prominent sources within the New World Order and some of his past revelations, as a result of these contacts, have been right on target. Pastor Williams has previously been a guest on my show several times. He also told me that he has stopped doing interviews, for the most part and was preparing for the inevitable collapse and an Armageddon type of conflict to follow. His message indicated it is time to stop talking and to start preparing for some very dark days ahead.
In a December 9, 2012 interview on The Common Sense Show, Jim Marrs discussed how approximately 400-500 top level bankers had gone into seclusion. Marrs reminded my listening audience of how the elite have developed seed vaults which only they have access to. Marrs was clearly alluding to the fact that some very bad events are coming and the global elite are aware of it and are moving to meet the threat.
Interestingly, I interviewed Joshua Coy and in a noteworthy encounter which set a Common Sense Show record for archival replays, it was revealed that the paramilitary and former military and special operations forces were behind the epidemic of murders of several members of the criminal banking system as well as the specific reasons about why they were being killed. The Joshua Coy interview can be accessed by clicking this link. Subsequently, Jim Marrs’ observation that something, regarding the bankers, was brewing at the same time that my FEMA contact disappeared into a protective enclave, were all based upon the same knowledge regarding the dangerous times that we are living in today in 2016.
The Putin Cult and the “Amerikans” Who Drink From His Kool-Aid
Look, up in the sky, is it a bird, is it a plane, no, it’s Super Putin. He is single handedly taking on the evil bankers and winning.
According to some Amerikans, Putin will singlehandedly rescue the world from the clutches of the Rothschild/Rockefeller criminal banking cartel. Putin is the modern day version of George Washington who will lead the world to the promise land while crushing the New World Order. I wish someone could crush the NWO and this was really true, but to believe so would be to engage in the fantasy thinking of a five year old. There are no good guys, there are no bad guys. There are only the banksters. They own everything and they control everything.
Putin is not even in control of Russia, the right wing hardliners, led by Russian Defense Minister Sergey Shoygu, are in charge. And the bankers are in charge of the Russian hardliners and they have set a collision course for World War III. At best, Putin is a now a hostage to the war hawks as evidenced by the unprecedented number of snap military drills and his provactive presence in Syria. It is only a matter of time.
President Obama is moving the world toward the desired goal of the elite to begin World War III. Subsequently, Obama, unlike Putin has kept his job because he is chasing ISIS into Syria and this provocative event willultimately spark World War III. Please notice how all of Obama’s scandals (e.g. Benghazi, IRS harassments of the Tea Party, Fast and Furious, etc) have all disappeared from the screens of the corporate controlled media? Obama will be the catalyst for full scale war, Putin will be the sideshow supporter.
The Bankers Want World War III
Thanks to Ted Turner for making it clear what the globalists truly desire. Ninety percent depopulation is the goal.
As anyone who is half awake understands, the “Bastards from Basel” want World War III, they want extreme depopulation and they want a restructuring of the world’s economic and political system, hence the term, the New World Order.
These globalists have written extensively about these goals and they pick and choose leaders who will carry out their agenda. And when these leaders do not carry out the agenda, bad things begin to happen. The elite through several domains have been very consistent regarding their desire to reduce the population by 90%. Here are just a very few examples obtained from a very large body of evidence.
As you can see, World War III is close. However, with the events in Oregon and the people in Northern California who refer to themselves as the State of Jefferson, civil war very close!
If there is any doubt as to the place that you will occupy in the NWO, please read the following quotes.
Officials in the United Nations Want You Dead
“No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a Luciferian Initiation.”
David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative, United Nations
The present vast overpopulation, now far beyond the world carrying capacity, cannot be answered by future reductions in the birth rate due to contraception, sterilization and abortion, but must be met in the present by the reduction of numbers presently existing. This must be done by whatever means necessary.”
Initiative for the United Nations ECO-92 EARTH CHARTER
“A total population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline would be ideal.”
Ted Turner, founder of CNN and major United Nations contributor
What About Our Educated Elite?
War and famine would not do. Instead, disease offered the most efficient and fastest way to kill the billions that must soon die if the population crisis is to be solved. AIDS is not an efficient killer because it is too slow. My favorite candidate for eliminating 90 percent of the world’s population is airborne Ebola (Ebola Reston), because it is both highly lethal and it kills in days, instead of years. “We’ve got airborne diseases with 90 percent mortality in humans. Killing humans. Think about that. “You know, the bird flu’s good, too. For everyone who survives, he will have to bury nine”
Dr. Eric Pianka University of Texas speaking on the topic of reducing the world’s population to an audience on population control.
A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells, the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people. We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.”
Stanford Professor Paul Ehrlich, The Population Bomb
“We have to take away from humans in the long run their reproductive autonomy as the only way to guarantee the advancement of mankind.”
Francis Crick, The discoverer of the double-helix structure of DNA
What About the Environmental Elites?
“If I were reincarnated I would wish to be returned to earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.”
Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, Leader of the World Wildlife Fund
Malthus has been vindicated; reality is finally catching up with Malthus. The Third World is overpopulated, it’s an economic mess, and there’s no way they could get out of it with this fast-growing population. Our philosophy is: back to the village.”
Dr. Arne Schiotz, World Wildlife Fund Director of Conservation
What About the Governmental Elite?
“Depopulation should be the highest priority of foreign policy towards the third world, because the US economy will require large and increasing amounts of minerals from abroad, especially from less developed countries.”
Dr. Henry Kissinger
“Frankly I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.”
Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg
“The Planetary Regime might be given responsibility for determining the optimum population for the world and for each region and for arbitrating various countries’ shares within their regional limits. Control of population size might remain the responsibility of each government, but the Regime would have some power to enforce the agreed limits.”
Obama’s science czar John P. Holdren: From Ecoscience
“It is easier to kill a million people rather than trying to control a million people… people are fighting back…our capacity to impose control over humanity is at an historical low…”
Best selling investigative journalist, Jim Marrs
Complete List Of Banks Owned By Illuminati Rothschild Family
There’s no question, on the surface or without doing any research on the matter, the whole concept of a “New World Order,” or a secret group of people, that act as puppet masters for the planet and for the entire human race seems a bit far fetched, not to mention depressing. With that said, as painful as the truth might be, wouldn’t you prefer the truth than being manipulated for your entire life?
For anyone who has ever seen the movie “The Matrix,” the whole concept of the film is not that far fetched from the reality of humanity today. Wikipedia summarizes the movie as:
It depicts a dystopian future in which reality as perceived by most humans is actually asimulated reality called “the Matrix”, created by sentient machines to subdue the human population, while their bodies’ heat and electrical activity are used as an energy source. Computer programmer “Neo” learns this truth and is drawn into a rebellion against the machines, which involves other people who have been freed from the “dream world”.
In the movie, once humans become “unplugged” from the Matrix, or the simulated reality that is FORCE FED to them, they are able to see the world for what it is, not for what they are told it is. In many ways, the stranglehold the global elite have on knowledge and money makes them powerful, and with that power, they either directly or indirectly control EVERY aspect of our lives.
As the FIRST VIDEO below points out, have you ever wondered how these global mega-corporations of today make hundreds of millions, or even billions of dollars every year, and while their top brass make absurd amounts of money, the ones who really drive the company are barely paid living wages?
That is all by design. Those at the top understand that if they can keep you very busy, with just enough money to live on, or in some cases a little more, once people start families, what little free time they have won’t be spent on self-education, introspection, and eventually a spiritual awakening. That is why we’re all here on earth isn’t it?
The fact is, those in the top 1% don’t want you educated any more than slave owners of the past wanted their slaves educated. Instead, they want you just smart enough to operate their machines and keep systems running, but stupid enough so that you never have time to learn enough to where you begin to ask questions about the system you’re living in.
What you’ll also see in the first video below, is that the elite have a system in place that has allowed them to grow their global banking empire to the point where almost all of humanity has literally become slaves to “the system,” aka the economic system. We’ve become slaves to money, not necessarily out of greed, but for our own survival in most cases. German poet Heinrich Heine once said,“Money is the god of our time, and Rothschild is his prophet, Look around you.
The public school programs around the world are the first place the elite begin to shape our minds. Through gradually declining education combined with non-stop indoctrination, fear generated by world religions, fear of being punished or imprisoned by government for things our ancestors would have never dreamed of fearing, or through the invisible enslavement of each person by the monetary system, we are no more than sheep to be herded.
The first video talks about The 13 Families That Rule the World and Who Act as The Shadow Forces Behind the New World Order.
When you consider that the Rothschild’s are just one of those 13 families, and they are worth an estimated $500 TRILLION DOLLARS, all of a sudden it becomes MUCH easier to see how these families control everything on earth.
The Rothschild’s alone have the wealth to pay off our national debt accumulated since the founding of the United States, the most powerful “nation state” on earth, more than 26 times over. Below when you see that they own virtually every central bank on the planet, things will become even more clear.
The shadow forces behind the New World Order (NWO) are following a slow-paced agenda of total control over mankind and our planet’s resources. David Icke coined it the “Totalitarian Tip-Toe,” because “they” are making very small steps towards our complete and definitive enslavement.
As a result, the masses remain relatively unaware of the fact that their liberties are being gradually taken away, while the power of the NWO octopus grows steadily.
THE SHADOW FORCES BEHIND THE NWO AGENDA:
Somewhere near the very top of the pyramid, an extremely elitist organization known as the Council of the 13 families orchestrates all of the major world events. As the name suggests, the Council consists of the top 13 most influential families on Earth.
An increasingly number of people is becoming aware that 99% of the Earth’s population is controlled by an “elite” 1%, but the Council of the 13 families consists of less than 1% of the 1% “elite” and nobody on Earth can apply for membership.
In their opinion, they are entitled to rule over the rest of us because they are the direct descendants of the ancient gods and consider themselves royal. These families are:
Rothschild (Bauer or Bower)
Sinclair (St. Clair)
Warburg (del Banco)
The Rothschild dynasty is unquestionably the most powerful – visible – bloodline on Earth and their estimated wealth is around $500 trillions!
“Give me control over a nations currency, and I care not who makes its laws” – Baron M.A. Rothschild
Before proceeding, I suggest you reading the following list of articles:
ROTHSCHILD OWNED & CONTROLLED BANKS:
Afghanistan: Bank of Afghanistan
Albania: Bank of Albania
Algeria: Bank of Algeria
Argentina: Central Bank of Argentina
Armenia: Central Bank of Armenia
Aruba: Central Bank of Aruba
Australia: Reserve Bank of Australia
Austria: Austrian National Bank
Azerbaijan: Central Bank of Azerbaijan Republic
Bahamas: Central Bank of The Bahamas
Bahrain: Central Bank of Bahrain
Bangladesh: Bangladesh Bank
Barbados: Central Bank of Barbados
Belarus: National Bank of the Republic of Belarus
Belgium: National Bank of Belgium
Belize: Central Bank of Belize
Benin: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Bermuda: Bermuda Monetary Authority
Bhutan: Royal Monetary Authority of Bhutan
Bolivia: Central Bank of Bolivia
Bosnia: Central Bank of Bosnia and Herzegovina
Botswana: Bank of Botswana
Brazil: Central Bank of Brazil
Bulgaria: Bulgarian National Bank
Burkina Faso: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Burundi: Bank of the Republic of Burundi
Cambodia: National Bank of Cambodia
Came Roon: Bank of Central African States
Canada: Bank of Canada – Banque du Canada
Cayman Islands: Cayman Islands Monetary Authority
Central African Republic: Bank of Central African States
Chad: Bank of Central African States
Chile: Central Bank of Chile
China: The People’s Bank of China
Colombia: Bank of the Republic
Comoros: Central Bank of Comoros
Congo: Bank of Central African States
Costa Rica: Central Bank of Costa Rica
Côte d’Ivoire: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Croatia: Croatian National Bank
Cuba: Central Bank of Cuba
Cyprus: Central Bank of Cyprus
Czech Republic: Czech National Bank
Denmark: National Bank of Denmark
Dominican Republic: Central Bank of the Dominican Republic
East Caribbean area: Eastern Caribbean Central Bank
Ecuador: Central Bank of Ecuador
Egypt: Central Bank of Egypt
El Salvador: Central Reserve Bank of El Salvador
Equatorial Guinea: Bank of Central African States
Estonia: Bank of Estonia
Ethiopia: National Bank of Ethiopia
European Union: European Central Bank
Fiji: Reserve Bank of Fiji
Finland: Bank of Finland
France: Bank of France
Gabon: Bank of Central African States
The Gambia: Central Bank of The Gambia
Georgia: National Bank of Georgia
Germany: Deutsche Bundesbank
Ghana: Bank of Ghana
Greece: Bank of Greece
Guatemala: Bank of Guatemala
Guinea Bissau: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Guyana: Bank of Guyana
Haiti: Central Bank of Haiti
Honduras: Central Bank of Honduras
Hong Kong: Hong Kong Monetary Authority
Hungary: Magyar Nemzeti Bank
Iceland: Central Bank of Iceland
India: Reserve Bank of India
Indonesia: Bank Indonesia
Iran: The Central Bank of the Islamic Republic of Iran
Iraq: Central Bank of Iraq
Ireland: Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland
Israel: Bank of Israel
Italy: Bank of Italy
Jamaica: Bank of Jamaica
Japan: Bank of Japan
Jordan: Central Bank of Jordan
Kazakhstan: National Bank of Kazakhstan
Kenya: Central Bank of Kenya
Korea: Bank of Korea
Kuwait: Central Bank of Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan: National Bank of the Kyrgyz Republic
Latvia: Bank of Latvia
Lebanon: Central Bank of Lebanon
Lesotho: Central Bank of Lesotho
Libya: Central Bank of Libya (Their most recent conquest)
Uruguay: Central Bank of Uruguay
Lithuania: Bank of Lithuania
Luxembourg: Central Bank of Luxembourg
Macao: Monetary Authority of Macao
Macedonia: National Bank of the Republic of Macedonia
Madagascar: Central Bank of Madagascar
Malawi: Reserve Bank of Malawi
Malaysia: Central Bank of Malaysia
Mali: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Malta: Central Bank of Malta
Mauritius: Bank of Mauritius
Mexico: Bank of Mexico
Moldova: National Bank of Moldova
Mongolia: Bank of Mongolia
Montenegro: Central Bank of Montenegro
Morocco: Bank of Morocco
Mozambique: Bank of Mozambique
Namibia: Bank of Namibia
Nepal: Central Bank of Nepal
Netherlands: Netherlands Bank
Netherlands Antilles: Bank of the Netherlands Antilles
New Zealand: Reserve Bank of New Zealand
Nicaragua: Central Bank of Nicaragua
Niger: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Nigeria: Central Bank of Nigeria
Norway: Central Bank of Norway
Oman: Central Bank of Oman
Pakistan: State Bank of Pakistan
Papua New Guinea: Bank of Papua New Guinea
Paraguay: Central Bank of Paraguay
Peru: Central Reserve Bank of Peru
Philip Pines: Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas
Poland: National Bank of Poland
Portugal: Bank of Portugal
Qatar: Qatar Central Bank
Romania: National Bank of Romania
Russia: Central Bank of Russia
Rwanda: National Bank of Rwanda
San Marino: Central Bank of the Republic of San Marino
Samoa: Central Bank of Samoa
Saudi Arabia: Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
Senegal: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Serbia: National Bank of Serbia
Seychelles: Central Bank of Seychelles
Sierra Leone: Bank of Sierra Leone
Singapore: Monetary Authority of Singapore
Slovakia: National Bank of Slovakia
Slovenia: Bank of Slovenia
Solomon Islands: Central Bank of Solomon Islands
South Africa: South African Reserve Bank
Spain: Bank of Spain
Sri Lanka: Central Bank of Sri Lanka
Sudan: Bank of Sudan
Surinam: Central Bank of Suriname
Swaziland: The Central Bank of Swaziland
Sweden: Sveriges Riksbank
Switzerland: Swiss National Bank
Tajikistan: National Bank of Tajikistan
Tanzania: Bank of Tanzania
Thailand: Bank of Thailand
Togo: Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO)
Tonga: National Reserve Bank of Tonga
Trinidad and Tobago: Central Bank of Trinidad and Tobago
Tunisia: Central Bank of Tunisia
Turkey: Central Bank of the Republic of Turkey
Uganda: Bank of Uganda
Ukraine: National Bank of Ukraine
United Arab Emirates: Central Bank of United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom: Bank of England
United States: Federal Reserve, Federal Reserve Bank of New York
Vanuatu: Reserve Bank of Vanuatu
Venezuela: Central Bank of Venezuela
Vietnam: The State Bank of Vietnam
Yemen: Central Bank of Yemen
Zambia: Bank of Zambia
Zimbabwe: Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe
The FED and the IRS
Virtually unknown to the general public is the fact that the US Federal Reserve is a privately owned company, siting on its very own patch of land, immune to the US laws.
This privately owned company (controlled by the Rothschilds, Rockefellers and Morgans) prints the money FOR the US Government, which pays them interest for the “favor.” This means that if we would reset the nation’s debt today and would begin reprinting money, we would be in debt to the FED from the very first dollar loaned to our Government.
Also, most people living in the USA have no clue that the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is a foreign agency.
To be more accurate, the IRS is a foreign private corporation of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and is the private “army” of the Federal Reserve (Fed).
Its main goal is to make sure the American people pay their tax and be good little slaves.
You can read more on the subject here.
In 1835, US President Andrew Jackson declared his disdain for the international bankers:
“You are a den of vipers. I intend to rout you out, and by the Eternal God I will rout you out. If the people only understood the rank injustice of our money and banking system, there would be a revolution before morning.”
There followed an (unsuccessful) assassination attempt on President Jackson’s life. Jackson had told his vice president, Martin Van Buren:
“The bank, Mr. Van Buren, is trying to kill me.”
This was the beginning of a pattern of intrigue that would plague the White House itself over the coming decades. Both Lincoln and JFK have been murdered for trying to rid the country of banksters.
Read everything on the subject here.
The world’s Megabanks
There are two Megabanks that offer loans to all the countries around the planet, the World Bank and the IMF. The first one is jointly owned by the world’s top banking families, with the Rothschilds at the very top, while the second one is privately owned by the Rothschilds alone.
These two Megabanks offer loans to “developing countries” and use their almost impossible-to-pay-back interests to get their hands on the real wealth: land and precious metals.
But that’s not all! An important part of their plan is to also exploit a country’s natural resources (like petrol or gas) via their covertly-owned companies, refine them, and sell them back to the same country, making a huge profit.
But in order for these companies to operate optimally, they need a solid infrastructure, which is usually lacking in the so called “developing countries.” So before the banksters even offer the almost impossible-to-pay-back loans, they make sure that most of the money will be invested in — you’ve guessed it — infrastructure.
These “negotiations” are carried out by the so called “Economic Hitmen”, who succeed by handsomely rewarding (i.e. bribing) or threatening with death those who are in the position to sell away their country.
The following video breaks down the process the global elite follows very well:
“We, the economic hitmen, have managed to create the warld’s first truly global empire. We’re basically a secret empire. We do it many ways, but basically we identify a country that has resources that one of our company’s covets, like oil, the we give that country a loan from the World Bank or one of our other sister banks, and the money never actually goes TO the country. It goes to OUR corporations, and we build huge infrastructure projects that help a few, very wealthy people, but DON’T benefit the majority of people who are either too poor for electricity or don’t have cars for the highways…”
I WON’T RUIN THE REST OF THE VIDEO…
For more information on the subject, I suggest reading the Confessions of an Economic Hitman.
The one bank that rules them all, the “Bank for International Settlement,” is — obviously — controlled by the Rothschilds and it is nicknamed the “Tower of Basel.”
The true power of the Rothschilds goes FAR beyond the Banking Empire
If you are not yet amazed by the power of the Rothschilds (I know you are), please know that they are also behind all wars since Napoleon. That’s when they’ve discovered justhow profitable it is to finance both sides of a war and they’ve been doing it ever since.
In 1849, Guttle Schnapper, the wife of Mayer Amschel stated:
“If my sons did not want wars, there would be none.”
So, the world is still at war because it is very, very profitable to the Rothschilds and their parasite bankster bloodlines. And for as long as we will continue to use money, the world will never know peace.
It is shocking for many to find out that the United States of America is a corporation ruled from abroad. Its original name was the Virginia Company and it was owned by the British Crown (it should not be mistaken for the Queen, which functions largely in a ceremonial capacity only).
The British Crown donated the company to the Vatican, which gave the exploitation rights back to the Crown. The US Presidents are appointed CEOs and their business is to make money for the British Crown and the Vatican, who take their share of the profits every year.
The British Crown covertly rules the world from the 677-acre, independent sovereign state, know as The City of London. This other Crown is comprised of a committee of 12 banks headed by the Bank of England. Guess who is controlling the Bank of England? Yup, the Rothschilds!
(Read everything on the subject here).
In 1815, Nathan Mayer made the following statement:
“I care not what puppet is placed upon the throne of England to rule the Empire on which the sun never sets. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire, and I control the British money supply.”
The House of Rothschild is really at the top of the pyramid of power. They are behind theNew World Order and the complete domination of the world agenda. They are behind the European Union and the Euro and they are behind the idea of a North American Union and the Amero. They are controlling all of the world’s secret services and their private army isNATO.
Very, very impressive!
Now, what would you say if I told you that we can crumble their empire to dust overnight, without any sort of violence?
I included the next video, simply so people could put a face to the name, and actually listen to an interview with the richest man in the world bar none. Are you asking why $500 trillion dollar rich Rothschild’s are not on Forbes Richest People list? They could care less.
“Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes the laws.” ~ Rothschild
“We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent.” ~ Rothschild
As you saw in the first video, the New World Order is heavily involved in shaping public education. Their primary focus is shifting the curriculums from critical thinking type coursework, to brute memorization. Brute memorization gives the illusion of having accomplished something great, because it takes hard work to memorize large amounts however, it deliberately leaves a void in teaching the skills that might cause a person to question a narrative they’ve been given, whether from a teacher, the news, or a political figure. Kids don’t learn to ask, What If Everything You Were Ever Taught Was A Lie?
I explore the subject of why modern “science” and “academia” is withholding the truth from mankind on who or what built the ancient megalithic structures around the planet. If they don’t know, that’s fine, but to continue to perpetrate utter nonsense that has been proven to be false is mind boggling. It’s time people realize that Everything We Have Been Taught About Human Origins Is A Lie. Furthermore, I know of no other organization in the world that can reach into “science” and “academia” across national boundaries other than the New World Order… so the next logical question is…
IF THE NEW WORLD ORDER IS COVERING UP SOMETHING FROM MANKIND’S ANCIENT PAST, WHY? THAT AND MANY OTHER SUBJECTS ARE EXPLORED BELOW:
FOR JUST A FEW EXAMPLES OF HOW POLITICS, WARS, PLANET X, GLOBAL DEPOPULATION, AND THE ILLUMINATI FIT TOGETHER:
Syria 4 Years On: Shocking Images Of A Post-US-Intervention Nation
Submitted by Tyler Durden
While US intervention in its various forms has likely been ongoing for decades, March 2011 is often cited as the start of foreign involvement in the Syrian Civil War (refering to political, military and operational support to parties involved in the ongoing conflict in Syria, as well as active foreign involvement).
Since then the nation has collapsed into chaos with an endless array of superlatives possible to describe the economic and civilian carnage that has ensued.
However, while a picture can paint a thousand words, these four shocking images describe a canvas of US foreign policy “success” that few in the mainstream media would be willing to expose…
“The Rapes! The Riots!”: Trump Blasts Merkel’s Immigration Policy
Submitted by Tyler Durden
Europe’s worsening refugee crisis is in many ways the best thing that could have happened to Donald Trump’s Presidential campaign.
Last summer, the brazen billionaire kicked off his run for the White House by taking aim at America’s broken immigration policy. Trump painted a picture of an impossibly porous Mexican border across which stream hordes of drug dealers and rapists who poison American society and bleed the economy dry.
As luck would have it, the flood of migrants streaming into Western Europe from the Mid-East accelerated just as Trump’s anti-immigrant rants hit the airwaves, affording the Teflon Don a bulletproof PR cover for what might otherwise have been a largely indefensible string of vitriolic rhetoric.
Since then, the GOP frontrunner has used the San Bernardino attacks to justify a call for a “No Muslims Allowed” sign on the US treehouse and now, sure enough, he’s pointing to the wave of sexual assaults in Cologne on New Year’s Eve as evidence of what can happen when you “go off the reservation” and implement an irresponsible immigration policy. More importantly, he suggests the assaults are also evidence of why he, rather than Angela Merkel, should have been TIME’s person of the year.
Here’s the clip. Enjoy.
Back in 2008, I began warning of increasing capital controls that we would see in the future, as a component in the decline of Western economies (Western in the broad sense, including Japan, Australia, etc.)
Along the way, it occurred to me that, at some point, governments might collectively attempt to eliminate paper currency in favour of an electronic currency – transferred from party to party solely through licensed banks. Sound farfetched? Well, maybe, but what if the U.S. and EU agreed on an overall plan, then suggested it to other governments? On the face of it, this smacks of conspiracy theory, yet certainly, all governments would benefit from this control and would be likely to get on board. In fact, it might prove to be the only way out of their present economic problems.
So, how would it play out? Here’s roughly how I saw Phase I:
- Link the free movement of cash to terrorism (Create a consciousness that any movement of large sums suggests criminal activity.);
- Establish upper limits on the amount of money that can be moved without reporting to some government investigatory agency;
- Periodically lower those limits;
- Accustom people to making all purchases, however small or large, through a bank card;
- Create a consciousness that the mere possession of cash is suspect, since it’s no longer “necessary”.
When I first wrote on the subject, there was considerable criticism as to the possibility that such a programme would ever be attempted, let alone succeed. And, granted, it was so Orwellian that it was understandably seen as a crackpot idea. But since that time, the programme has been developing extremely rapidly. In the last six months alone, it has become so visible that it has even garnered a name – “the War on Cash”.
References in the media have been made that terrorist groups fund their attacks with cash. Dozens of countries have placed limits on the maximum amount of money that can be moved without reporting. Some, notably France, have already begun lowering their limits. Banks in some countries, notably Sweden, are already treating all cash transactions as suspicious. The previously theoretical Phase I is now well under way.
This issue has expanded more quickly than I’d anticipated. Clearly, the governments that are forcing it into being are running out of time. There can only be one reason why they’d rush a programme that normally would be given more time for people to accept, and that’s that they see a crash coming before they can get Phase II of the programme underway.
Although most anyone who’s paying attention recognises that Phase I is in motion, Phase II (as I perceive it) is not yet on the radar, but I believe it will be soon. Phase II will be the second wave of measures and they will be more draconian than Phase I:
- Create a definitive false flag event that demonstrates how physical cash is the primary means of funding evil acts in the world;
- Declare a date on which paper currency will become illegal (Until that date, it can be deposited into a bank. After that date, it becomes criminal to possess it.);
- Once all cash has been deposited in banks, increase negative interest rates;
- Confiscation of deposits can then be implemented, as desired, by banks (Confiscation of deposits is already legal in Canada, the U.S., and the EU.);
- Confiscate contents of selected safe deposit boxes;
- End “voluntary” taxation. All taxation will, in future, be by direct debit;
- Declare money to be the property of the State that issued it. (The people are allowed to trade in it, but it is not truly theirs. The State therefore can freeze or confiscate the funds in any account, if any crime is “suspected”.).
In recent months, I’ve warned repeatedly that, since confiscations of deposits will take place, we must assume that banks will additionally raid safe deposit boxes, as stated in the above list. Some banks, beginning with JPMorgan Chase, have placed limits on what forms of wealth can be placed in safe deposit boxes. Since then, Greece has taken this one step further. In future, Greek citizens will be required to declare cash exceeding €15,000, jewellery and precious stones valued at over €30,000 and declare the location of the safe deposit box in which they’re stored.
The declaration is fraught with difficulties for the depositor, as he bears the obligation to accurately appraise each item. Should authorities disagree with the appraisal of, say, Grandma’s diamond brooch, the depositor would be suspect and may face confiscation.
State Wealth Control
Once Phase II is completed, state wealth control will exist. And, again, this prediction will seem at first glance to be Orwellian – a mere fiction. But then, less than a year ago, the War on Cash was regarded by only a few as being even within the realm of possibility, let alone right around the corner. And so it is with Phase II. Now that Phase I is in motion, it’s accepted as an unsettling reality, but Phase II is the obvious sequel.
If you have cash in a bank, you think of it as your own. This is not the case. It’s wealth that you’ve loaned to the bank. In the future, the bank (with governmental approval) will have the power to decide if and when they will return all, or a part, of that cash to you. They will set the rules as to how that decision will be arrived at and those rules will be changed periodically. Since those rules will be arrived at by the banks (without need for your consent), the outcome will most certainly not be in your favour.
Those who read this statement might react in one of three ways:
- “This can’t be happening.”
- “Okay, it’s happening, but there’s nothing I can do about it. It’s global.”
- “There must be something I can do to keep from being robbed.”
The first group will be the largest. They will freeze up, do little or nothing, and become victims.
The second group may complain and even struggle a bit against these developments, but won’t prepare sufficiently and, ultimately, will also become victims.
The third group will seek alternatives, and here’s where the light appears at the end of the tunnel. Yes, this effort will be international, but it won’t be fully global. There will be those jurisdictions that, traditionally, have not been willing to fall into line with the world’s foremost powers. They will not wish to go off the same cliff as the others and will take a different tack. They will be the recipients of those people who seek to escape the collapsing system. But, more than ever before, time is limited; the window is clearly closing.
Escape from Confiscation
The solution is surprisingly simple, although it will take work and dedication:
- If you’re a resident of any jurisdiction that’s presently going down this road, move your money to a jurisdiction that has a consistent history for stable government, low (or no) direct taxation, and minimal interference or regulation over wealth;
- Convert your wealth into those forms of assets that are hardest for rapacious governments to confiscate (foreign-held precious metals and real estate);
- Create an exit plan for your own physical escape, should it become necessary.
Editor’s Note: The War on Cash and negative interest rates are radical and insane measures. They are a sign of desperation.
They are also huge threats to your financial security. Central planners are playing with fire and inviting a currency catastrophe.
Most people have no idea what really happens when a currency collapses, let alone how to prepare…
How will you protect your savings in the event of a currency crisis? This just-released video will show you exactly how. Click here to watch it now.
Part 4: 20 More Signs That The Global Elite’s Ship Is About To Sink
The accelerating downfall of the Global Cabal, or the ‘NWO’ as some people call it, is fascinating to watch. While many are aimlessly watching the highly orchestrated “presidential race,” those paying closer attention are seeing before our eyes the old paradigm collapsing. Continue to dream big my friends, we are in for exciting and very positive times for our world.
Here it is:
1. October 16th, 2015: McDonald’s franchisees say the brand is in a ‘deep depression’ and ‘facing it’s final days.’ As many know, McDonald’s food has been used by the NWO to intentionally suppress the expansion of humanity’s consciousness as well as to create chronic illness and disease throughout the population. Humanity says no to the illusion and continues to rise above and throw off the chains…this is direct evidence.
2. October 18th, 2015: A leaked White House memo shows that Tony Blair and George W. Bush acted together a year before the Iraq invasion had even started. Interestingly, the documents were disclosed by Hilary Clinton per the order of U.S. Courts. You can be sure the White Hats in the Pentagon will soon be taking action on this.
3. October 22nd, 2015: China officially calls for new global reserve currency. Anyone who has read the previous 3 parts to this article knows the moves that have been taking place to get China in this position. Read what happened the next day…
4. October 23rd, 2015: “International Monetary Fund representatives have told China that the yuan is likely to join the fund’s basket of reserve currencies soon…Chinese officials are so confident of winning approval that they have begun preparing statement to celebrate the decision…” Now let break this one down a bit. Just a little over a month ago, certain IMF officials said the Chinese yuan was not likely to be included. Now we have, just a few weeks later, strong speculation that it will be included. As I’ve written and what we’ve seen from other stories in parts one, two and three of this article, the global alliance, which is being led by China and Russia, is in full control. It seems that some major shift has taken place within the IMF in the past few weeks now that they are preparing to include the yuan as reserve status as soon as this November. If we think about this even deeper, we see that the banking cabal really is stuck. If the yuan is included in the IMF’s basket of reserve currencies, the game is over for the cabal. If the IMF goes back on its latest word, China can still create a new global currency as they have already set up the BRICS Bank and AIIB (Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank). In layman’s terms, China and the positive global alliance have checkmated the banking cabal. Hang on to your hats as we are very soon now to enter into very large, paradigm-shifting financial and geopolitical changes on this planet.
5. October 23rd, 2015: Russia and Iran forge energy partnerships and may create new bank to fund the projects. This is another game-changer on multiple levels, including oil, finance and political and tactical strategy.
6. October 23rd, 2015: South Africa freezes student tuition fees after thousands of students protest in Pretoria, outside the president’s office. The power continues to return to the people. This fractal will continue to spread within the collective.
7. October 24th, 2015: CIA Director John Brennan has confidential and work-related information hacked by a young group hackers who claim “they can’t track us down.” With top level officials continuing to get hacked, the obvious question is, “who’s next?”
8. October 24th, 2015: Jordan has officially joined the Russian/Iranian/Syrian/Chinese/Iraqi alliance and will not work directly with these nations in removing ISIL from the Middle East. Also, Russian has now officially been given authorization for military strikes in Iraq (on ISIL). The global alliance continues to grow and strengthen.. True freedom for humanity is coming.
9. October 25th, 2015: Thousands of Israeli’s protest PM Benjamin Netanyahu’s stance on Palestine and call for peace talks with Palestinians. As we’ve discussed in the previous article, peace is the last thing the Cabal wants…However, peace and peaceful mindsets are spreading and it cannot be stopped.
10. October 26th, 2015: Afghanistan officially requests military assistance from Russia. The Cabal is systematically being kicked out of the Middle East. Add Afghanistan to the growing Alliance.
11. October 26th, 2015: Now that Catalonia overwhelmingly voted yes in favor of independence from Spain in late September, Barcelona’s Mayor plans to fulfill campaign promises by printing a cash-less local currency. Once again, this act serves as a ripple effect for other pro-independence countries and regions around the world.
12.October 26th, 2015: Iran announces that it plans to join the BRICS New Development Bank.
13. October 27th, 2015: Neil Keenan releases another update regarding the movement to open the global collateral accounts. As I’ve talked about in all three previous articles, the global collateral accounts are soon to be opened and will help to free humanity from NWO control. There are major lawsuits and arrests to come. If you wish to know about the greatest financial and gold cover-up on this planet, please inform yourself on the global collateral accounts.
14. November 9th, 2015: China to Allow Direct Conversion Between Yuan and Swiss Franc. Notice the growing trend of the yuan.
15. November 9th, 2015: An article is released describing the connection between 9/11, JFK and the global collateral accounts. A must read if you’re interested in any of those 3 topics.
16. November 10th, 2015: Anti-austerity bloc brings down Portugal’s government. Government’s that are controlled by the banking cabal will continue to crumble. The call for true freedom and justice is spreading.
17. November 12th, 2015: Pater Tenebrarum reports in an article titled, “Incumbents Swept from Office Around the World,” that there is a great sea change happening in the political scene of many large governments around the world. Those who have held positions of power for a very long time are being voted out.
18. November 12th, 2015: Over 100 campuses around the U.S. protest the insanity of student debt. We continue to see people claiming what we all deserve…a fair economic and education system.
19. November 12th, 2015: China discovers undersea gold reserves estimated at $16.4 billion. Is this a coincidence or a strategically timed announcement? Once again, we see gold and China as two themes that are continuously popping up.
20. November 13th, 2015: According to this site, the attacks in Paris were clearly another desperate false flag event. The attacks took place in the 11th month in the 11th district of Paris…on Friday the 13th. Very typical of ritualistic sacrificial numerology. The more that are awake and see through the illusion, the quicker it dissolves. We are awake and we know the truth….We send all those that may have lost their lives on this night much love.
Will you let others know of the current happenings? Will you share with humanity that all of the “Elite’s” plans have either failed or are failing? Seeing and noticing the demise speeds it up. The positive and fair system which will replace it is being built. Very good things are happening to restore sanity and justice to our world. Enjoy the ride and dream bigger than you ever have before; both for yourself and humanity.
Serco. The Biggest Terrifying Company You’ve Never Heard of
Chances are you’ve never heard of the company. If you have heard of the company, chances are you misunderstand the shear enormity of the global company and their contracts. From transport to air traffic control, getting your license in Canada, to running all 7 immigration detention centers in Australia, private prisons in the UK, military base presence, running nuclear arsenals, and running all state schools in Bradford, Serco, somewhere, has played a part in moving, educating, or detaining people.
New contracts awarded to Serco include a Saudi Railway Company, further air traffic control in the US and also IT support services for various European agencies. You can read more on their future projects here
A Very Brief History
Serco’s history began in 1929 as a UK subsidiary, RCA Services Limited to support the cinema industry. In the 1960s the company made a leap into military contracts to maintain the UK Air Force base Ballistic Missile Early Warning System. From there, the company continues to grow. Now trading as Serco Group, 2015 trading as of August 11 2015, maintained a revenue of £3.5 billion, and an underlying trading profit of £90 million. The data was presented at JPMorgan in London.
In 2013 Serco was considered a potential risk, and became a representation of the dangers of outsourcing. The U.K. government developed contingency plans in case Serco went bankrupt. When the concerns came to light, Serco faced bans (along with G4S, another outsourcing contractor) from further bidding on new U.K. government work for six months. It wasn’t until Rupert Soames OBE – Sir Winston Churchill’s grandson – took on the job as Serco’s Chief Executive in 2014, that Serco turned a new corner of profit growth.
Serco today is one of the biggest global companies to exist. They have contracts with:
Alliant – the vehicle for IT services across the Federal IT market;
National Security Personnel System (NSPS) – For “(NSPS) training and facilitating services throughout the Department of Defense (DoD) and agencies that needs NSPS training and implementation services;”
Seaport – The NAVSEA SEAPORT Multiple Award contract focuses on “engineering, technical, and programmatic support services for the Warfare Centers.” This is inclusive of Homeland Security and Force Protection, Strategic Weapons Systems, and multiple warfare systems.
CIP-SP3 Services and Solutions (Cost $20 Billion, expiration date 2022) – biomedical-related IT services with the National Institutes of Health (NIH) with the main objective focused on Biomedical Research and Health Sciences extending to information systems throughout the federal government. Also implementation in several key areas of Biomedical Sciences including legislation and critical infrastructure protection.
The few contracts listed above are among the vast array of transport, detention center and private prison contracts.
Serco, the biggest company you’ve never heard of:
Here is a List of 100 Paedophile Councillors or UK Political Party Affiliated Members ~ They are Amongst the People Who Supposedly Run Our Country
As a follow up to my previous post about child molesters in the Government and the blackmail potential
Here is a FOI (Freedom Of Information) request about alleged paedophiles past and present with connections to the Halls of power today.
A Freedom of Information request to Home Office by Derek Canning LLB [HONS] and Francis.P.
A LIST OF CHILD SEX OFFENDERS INSIDE THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
*Tory Party General election candidate, Michael Powell – Convicted and jailed for 3 years for downloading hardcore child porn.
*Tory Party Liaison Manager on the London Assembly, Douglas Campbell, who’s job includes running the Tory GLA website. Arrested for allegedly downloading child porn. He is currently suspended while the Police investigation continues.
*Labour Councillor (North Lincolnshire) David Spooner – Convicted and jailed for 1 year for masturbating in front of 2 young boys.
*Tory Party Councillor (Folkestone – in Leader, Michael Howard’s constituency), Robert Richdale – 41 year history of crime, involving 30 convictions and 5 prison sentences. Richdales enormous criminal record, which covers 10 pages of A4 paper, includes convictions for assault, theft, causing death by dangerous driving, forgery, drugs offences, possession of an offensive weapon, and sex attacks against underage schoolgirls. The Tory Party election campaign literature described Richdale as “a family man” who had a “compassionate personality”
*Tory Party Councillor (Wickbar/Bristol) Roger Talboys – Convicted and jailed for 6 years for multiple sex attacks on children.
*Tory Party Councillor ( Stratford-upon-Avon ) Christopher Pilkington – Convicted of downloading hardcore child porn on his PC.
*Labour Councillor (Newton Aycliffe) Martin Locklyn – Convicted and jailed for 15 years for sexually abusing 3 14-year-old boys.
*Prominent Labour Party activist Mark Tann (who has met Tony & Cherie at Party functions) recently got a 15-year sentence for raping a 4-year old girl on 2 separate occasions.
*Tory Party MP (Billericay) Harvey Proctor – Stood trial for sex offences of a sado-masochistic nature against teenage boys.
*Tory Party Mayor ( North Tyneside ), Chris Morgan – Forced to resign after being arrested twice in 2 weeks, for indecent assault on a 15-year old girl, and for suspicion of downloading child porn.
*Labour Party activist and serial child-molester Mark Trotter, who died from AIDS before he could be convicted.
*Labour Councillor (Manchester), George Harding – Charged with indecent assault on a girl of 12.
*Tory Party councillor ( Coventry ), Peter Stidworthy – Charged with indecent assault of a 15-year old boy.
*Labour Mayor (Westhoughton/Lancashire) Nicholas Green – Convicted and jailed for 10 years for 3 rapes and 13 counts of indecent assault.
*Labour Councillor (Manchester), George Harding – Charged with indecent assault on a girl of 12.
*William Straw – Son of Labour Foreign Secretary, and former Home Secretary – Jack Straw, was cautioned by Police for drug dealing, amid a frantic Government attempt to cover up the matter and gag the media as to his identity. Jack Straw also has a brother who was convicted of a sex attack on a schoolgirl.
*Homosexual mass murderer; Dennis Nielsen, who strangled and dismembered 16 young men in the 1980`s, was also a highly active member of Labour fringe groups such as the Anti-Nazi League, and the SWP. That’s when he wasn’t busy boiling peoples heads in a pot, or masturbating over the corpses of his victims.
*Lib-Dem Council candidate (Tower Hamlets), Justin Sillman – Convicted and jailed for 2 years for sexual abuse of young boys.
*Lib-Dem Councillor and Mayoral Candidate ( Sheffield ), Francis Butler- Prosecuted for indecent assault of a young boy.
*Lib-Dem Councillor ( Stockport ) Neil Derbyshire – Sexually assaulted a 16-year old boy in a public toilet. He was caught with a plastic bag containing lubricant, plastic surgical gloves, a condom, and underpants.
*Lib-Dem Councillor ( Preston ), Bill Chadwick – Charged with: Making an indecent photograph of a child, Incitement to rape, Incitement to murder, Incitement to kidnap, and Incitement to torture.
*Chadwick’s gay lover – Alan Valentine, is also a Lib-Dem councillor.
*High Level Masons such as Chief Superintendent Gordon Angelsey and at least 12 of his colleagues were “let off the hook” for sexual abuse crimes on children (some of who are now dead) in the North Wales Paedophile Ring Cover-Up.
*High Level Government Masons such as Lord McApline, ex aid to Margaret Thatcher, was accused by numerous children of sexual crimes in the North Wales Child Abuse Cover-Ups. He escaped public exposure by a specifically appointed Masonic Paedophile Judge,Lord Cullen who was appointed to the investigation and “100 year cover up” of Thomas Hamilton’s Mass Murder spree – were BOTH members of the same “boy’s club”.
*Thomas Hamilton was the name of the Mass Murderer responsible for the Dunblane Massacre. He was a Freemason.Thomas Hamilton was granted a gun licence by his Masonic “brother” Inspector McMurdo, to a amass his arsenal of weapons, even although he was well known to be of “odd character” with paedophile tendencies. The two Liaison Officers assigned to the murder investigation of Holly Wells and Jessica Chapman were known to the British Police hierarchy as Paedophiles at least 3 months prior to the investigation, due to Operation Ore.
*According to media reports, the names of 2 former Labour Cabinet Ministers said to be `Household names` appear on the `Operation Ore ` list of subscribers to hard-core child pornography. The same FBI investigation, which led to the arrest of rock star Pete Townsend. So who are they Mr Gordon Brown?
BUT I think we can work that one out for ourselves……see post
This we are afraid is only the tip of the iceberg. This will be continued…
Waiting for an internal review by Home Office of their handling of this request
OUR GOVERNMENT HAS PUT 2 GOVERNMENT PAEDOPHILE RINGS UNDER A D-NOTICE FOR 100 YEARS
THE DUNBLANE PAEDOPHILE RING INCLUDING LABOUR LORD GEORGE ROBERTSON
AND THE NORTH WALES PAEDOPHILE RING INCLUDING TORY LORD MACALPINE …EX THATCHER AID
SO do NOT expect a Tory Government to release the information ,OR even to stop MOLESTING YOUR CHILDREN!!!
PLEASE PEOPLE WE must stop these monsters having the power of LIFE AND DEATH over us and our kids!
Its the 21st Century AD and we can NOW defy the “Laws of gods” ,that do NOT appeal ,BUT we cannot defy the laws of MEN?
If you can believe in MORALITY without god and religion, why NOT society without government ?
Switzerland has survived with less crime and higher living standards and has completely missed the destruction of 2 World Wars and completely AVOIDED the current illegal wars in Afghanistan and Iraq and the terrorist bombings that would inevitably follow (thanks to our government sponsored terrorists) and they managed to do all this WITHOUT A “DEMOCRATIC” GOVERNMENT.
Officially the Swiss Confederation (Confoederatio Helvetica in Latin, hence its ISO country codes CH and CHE), is a federal republic consisting of 26 cantons. its Federal state, with parliamentary system and direct democracy.
Direct democracy, classically termed pure democracy,comprises a form of democracy and theory of civics whereinsovereignty is lodged in the assembly of all citizens who choose to participate. Depending on the particular system, this assembly might pass executive motions, make laws, elect or dismiss officials, and conduct trials. Direct democracy stands in contrast to representative democracy, (UK/USA)where sovereignty is exercised by a subset of the people, usually on the basis of election) FYI “Direct democracy” is a form of ANARCHISM!
THE SWISS HAVE NO STANDING ARMY!!!!!! The Swiss Confederation has a long history of neutrality—it has not been in a state of war internationally since 1815.The Swiss Armed Forces, including the Land Forces and the Air Force, are composed of conscripts: professional soldiers constitute only about 5 percent of the military personnel.The structure of the Swiss militia system stipulates that the soldiers keep their own personal equipment, including all personal weapons, at home.
THERE IS NOT AN ARMY ON EARTH THAT COULD TAKE SWITZERLAND!!!
IT IS TIME TO FOLLOW THE SWISS EXAMPLE , DISBAND THE PARLIAMENTARY DICTATORSHIP (THE UK AND USA HAVE AN ELECTED DICTATORSHIP …….OR PARLIAMENTARY DEMOCRACY AS politicians CALL IT)
This way we can expose paedophiles in government instead of covering for them for a 100 years!!!
AND ITS TIME TO DISBAND OUR STANDING ARMIES (WHICH HAVE DONE NOTHING BUT INVADE OTHER PEOPLES COUNTRIES!!!!!!)
This would stop ” blackmailed ” MP’s using the army to invade other countries that are no threat to us and inflicting untold damage and suffering on the world.
For those who think we NEED governments please offer YOUR KIDS ,for sex and slaughter ,to these monsters!!!!!!
Hopefully it will stop them molesting mine!!
Dr. Steven Greer 11-21-15, “How the Secret Government Works”
Published on Nov 23, 2015
Dr. Greer has been involved in the highest levels of governments and military for over 25 years and will share what he has learned on the who, what, where and why of UFO secrecy and the deep transnational security state and the constellation of illegal projects that are currently operating.
Join the founder of the global Disclosure movement, Dr. Steven Greer, in Washington D.C. for a unique opportunity to listen to the most comprehensive and explosive expose of UFO secrecy ever presented!
– Nov. 21, 2015
This 4 hour workshop will include:
– How is secrecy maintained through the hybrid of corporate and government programs?
– Which military bases and facilities and which corporations are involved in this secrecy?
– How is black-budget and criminal activity funding these operations?
– The Connection between the global financial system, UFO technology, drug running and covert military airspace and bases.
– Where are the key Underground Bases (UGBs) and how are they connected via subterranean tunnels?
– Who has been involved in managing this secrecy and how is the entity (MAJIC) controlled and operated?
– How do Unacknowledged Special Access Projects (USAPs) operate and how are they kept secret from the people, the President and Congress?
– The History of UFO secrecy since WWII and how it has devolved into its own illegal transnational cartel.
– See explosive documents on secrecy, how human military-controlled “Abductions” are “stage-crafted” – and what is the agenda for this Deception.
– What is the future agenda for the cartel managing UFO secrecy – and how you need to prepare for this future!
– The Planned Cosmic 911 Deception – What you NEED to know!
… and MUCH MORE.
Chilling UK Government “Advice” Asks Parents To Spy On Their Kids
This is WAY beyond ‘if you see something, say something.’
In a series of pamphlets circulated among local governments in the United Kingdom, British parents are now being encouraged to spy on their own children, and to report any instances of possible ‘radicalization’.
Of course this advice comes with a nifty set of instructions for how to spot a terrorist in your own home:
The first three “signs”:
- Out of character changes in dress, behaviour and changes in their friendship group;
- Losing interest in previous activities and friendships;
- Secretive behaviour and switching screens when you come near—
Imagine that– a teenager who doesn’t want mom and dad to see what he’s doing on his iPhone? Or a 14-year old who starts dressing differently and hanging out with a different group of friends?
Funny, this sounds like. . . pretty much every teenager on the planet.
But even more unsettling are these:
- Showing a mistrust of mainstream media reports and belief in conspiracy theories;
- Appearing angry about government policies, especially foreign policy.
So apparently now questioning the propaganda and government policies are considered evidence of subversive, extremist behavior.
If you don’t fall in line, you’re a radical. And the government now wants to train parents to rat out their own children.
This is chilling. Disgusting. And unfortunately not too surprising from the country that was the backdrop for George Orwell’s 1984.
Orwell’s dystopic view of the future is rapidly becoming reality in many countries across the West.
The endless government monitoring of all electronic communication is prevalent everywhere in the ‘free’ world.
Financial privacy has been destroyed. Banks are now merely unpaid spies of bankrupt governments, and they will freeze you out of your life’s savings in a heartbeat if some faceless bureaucrat orders them to do so.
Civil Asset Forfeiture, where police and government agencies confiscate your cash and property without the slightest bit of due process, is at an all-time high.
So much, in fact, that the government now steals more from its citizens than private criminals.
Governments have even shown an alarming willingness to confiscate your own children if they deem in their sole discretion that you are an unfit parent… which may now include, obviously, ‘subversive’ behavior like questioning authority.
Now in Britain they want to turn the tables and have parents spy on children.
So the Ministry of Truth and Ministry of Love, it appears, are alive and well.
Yes, there have been some terrible tragedies lately. But governments are using these attacks as a way to tap into people’s most carnal fears, however unlikely they may be.
As we’ve discussed before, you’re more likely to choke on a hot dog than die in a terrorist attack.
But they’ll never spend trillions on a war against hot dogs… because hot dogs aren’t as scary as the image of an angry brown teenager with a headwrap and AK-47 climbing across a set of monkey bars in a terrorist training camp.
Governments stoke this fear and use it to award themselves even more power in the name of protecting you.
Now they’re encouraging you to violate the most sacred bonds of family as some sort of duty to the state.
Look, I have no doubt that there’s an army of bureaucrats out there who feel they have an honorable burden to keep people safe.
And they’re doing whatever they think they can do to protect us.
This sort of idea would have been unimaginable not too long ago… the stuff of North Korea or the Soviet Union. Yet today it seems perfectly acceptable.
It’s an incredible reminder of how the free world is now ruled by irrational paranoia, and not on the principles of liberty upon which it was founded.
Peter Schiff and “11 Alarms Being Ignored As The Global Economic Crisis Is Getting Deeper”
In the following video, Peter Schiff pokes fun at the fact that the experts at the Federal Reserve are assuring all of us that everything is going to be just fine. In fact, Janet Yellen is convinced that things are so rosy, that she seems quite confident the Fed will raise rates in December. She’s basing her recent remarks on statements about how the economy, and the labor market have met the central bank’s goals. What economy and labor market is she looking at? Back in mid October, Jim Willie Gave 20 Reasons Why Quitting Prepping After a September Collapse Never Came Was Wrong… Now, Michael Snyder of the Economic Collapse Blog says the same thing. In the article below he says:
Many people are waiting for the big crash, but the truth is that almost everything has crashed already.
Oil has crashed.
Commodities have crashed.
Gold and silver have crashed.
Junk bonds have crashed.
Chinese stocks have crashed.
Dozens of other stock markets around the world have already crashed.
But the big event that many are waiting for is the crash of U.S. stocks. And just like in 2008, it is inevitable that a U.S. stock crash will follow all of the other crashes that I just mentioned.
In addition to the massive financial bubbles in the world’s two largest economies, there is also a growing crisis with respect to Emerging Market Debts in what once looked like promising young economic nations. In the following video, Jim Willie discusses why everyone who was preparing for a total economic collapse, or for the end of the world back in the month of September was NOT wrong to do so; they were merely premature in their estimates for the timeframe. Jim explains that it’s not just the U.S. that has massive debt problems.
All the debt in emerging market nations was estimated at around $8 TRILLION DOLLARS not that long ago, and already that same emerging market debt is in excess of $15 TRILLION DOLLARS. To fully grasp the weight of how that impacts us here in the U.S., and to put into perspective how bad the coming global collapse will be, Jim explains that for those emerging nations, in addition to being in their economic infancy making them fragile to being with, their ability to repay their skyrocketing debt is dependent on how their currency is doing in terms of THEIR local market economy.
Listen, everyone knows the U.S. is by far the world’s largest debtor, but don’t expect the U.S. to default or to admit we need to restructure our debt. Oh no. No way! Not that. Washington is WAY too corrupt and stubborn for that, and the average American is FAR too financially illiterate to understand what is really happening. Americans who want to ACT like they have a clue what is happening will parrot television talking heads and say things like, ”Default,” that CANNOT happen! ANYTHING but that. Then ask them why? CRICKETS.
As part of that restructuring you can count on the emerging market nations not only restructuring their debts in amounts at least equal to what their currency was devalued by (in local economic terms), but they will also demand that the debt be removed from the U.S. Dollar denomination, because the world has seen this enough times now.
The U.S. has refuse to learn ANYTHING from our previous monetary mistakes, and for our willful ignorance, the rest of the world is going to deliver us back to the stone age when the Dollar is stripped of the Global Reserve Status. As has been explained many times before, that is not a process that happens overnight, but it is one that has been WELL underway for some time now. The removal of emerging market nation debt from a Dollar denomination will act as the final nail in the coffin for both the United States and the Dollar.
In the video below, Peter makes a point to point out how little Gold Hedge fund mangers are actually holding, which shows the level of risk they are subjecting their investors to, by not having anything to hedge the overinflated market. It’s literally stupefying how the talking heads on TV won’t stop touting anything that resembles positive economic news, but completely ignore the bad news coming from the economy.
Pay particular attention to Peter’s assessment of the horrible manufacturing numbers, and how that led to QE1. HOW THEN, could the Fed even think about raising rates, or is this part of the ongoing con job by Janet Yellen and the Fed? IF the Fed raises rates, it appears they will do for only one reason: To show they can, the economy and what happens be damned. We are watching yet one more example of how the U.S. learns nothing from its own mistakes. Below, Michael Snyder points out 11 economic alarms that should be going off LOUD in every American’s ears, yet it’s so quiet you could hear a pin drop.
Economic activity is slowing down all over the planet, and a whole host of signs are indicating that we are essentially exactly where we were just prior to the great stock market crash of 2008. Yesterday, I explained that the economies of Japan, Brazil, Canada and Russia are all in recession. Today, I am mainly going to focus on the United States. We are seeing so many things happen right now that we have not seen since 2008 and 2009.
In so many ways, it is almost as if we are watching an eerie replay of what happened the last time around, and yet most of the “experts” still appear to be oblivious to what is going on. If you were to make up a checklist of all of the things that you would expect to see just before a major stock market crash, virtually all of them are happening right now. The following are 11 critical indicators that are absolutely screaming that the global economic crisis is getting deeper…
#1 On Tuesday, the price of oil closed below 40 dollars a barrel. Back in 2008, the price of oil crashed below 40 dollars a barrel just before the stock market collapsed, and now it has happened again.
#2 The price of copper has plunged all the way down to $2.04. The last time it was this low was just before the stock market crash of 2008.
#3 The Business Roundtable’s forecast for business investment in 2016 has dropped to the lowest level that we have seen since the last recession.
#4 Corporate debt defaults have risen to the highest level that we have seen since the last recession. This is a huge problem because corporate debt in the U.S. has approximately doubled since just before the last financial crisis.
#5 The Bloomberg U.S. economic surprise index is more negative right nowthan it was at any point during the last recession.
#6 Credit card data that was just released shows that holiday sales have gone negative for the first time since the last recession.
#7 As I mentioned yesterday, U.S. manufacturing is contracting at the fastest pace that we have seen since the last recession.
#8 The velocity of money in the United States has dropped to the lowest level ever recorded. Not even during the depths of the last recession was it ever this low.
#9 In 2008, commodity prices crashed just before the stock market did, and late last month the Bloomberg Commodity Index hit a 16 year low.
#11 If you look back at 2008, you will see that junk bonds crashed horribly. Why this is important is because junk bonds started crashing before stocks did, and right now they have dropped to the lowest point that they have been since the last financial crisis.
If just one or two of these indicators were flashing red, that would be bad enough.
The fact that all of them seem to be saying the exact same thing tells us that big trouble is ahead.
And I am not the only one saying this. Just today, a Reuters article discussed the fact that Citigroup analysts are projecting that there is a 65 percent chance that the U.S. economy will plunge into recession in 2016…
The outlook for the global economy next year is darkening, with a U.S. recession and China becoming the first major emerging market to slash interest rates to zero both potential scenarios, according to Citi.
As the U.S. economy enters its seventh year of expansion following the 2008-09 crisis, the probability of recession will reach 65 percent, Citi’s rates strategists wrote in their 2016 outlook published late on Tuesday. A rapid flattening of the bond yield curve towards inversion would be an key warning sign.
Personally, I am convinced that we are already in a recession. There is a lag in the official numbers, so often we don’t know that we are officially in one until it is well underway. For example, we now know that a recession started in early 2008, but in the summer of 2008 Ben Bernanke and our top politicians were still insisting that there was not going to be a recession. They were denying what was actually happening right in front of their eyes, and the same thing is happening now.
And of course if the government was actually using honest numbers, we would all be talking about the recession that never seems to end. According to John Williams of shadowstats.com, honest numbers would show that the U.S. economy has continually been in recession since 2005.
But just like in 2008, the “experts” at the Federal Reserve are assuring all of us that everything is going to be just fine. In fact, Janet Yellen is convinced that things are so rosy that she seems quite confident that the Fed will raise interest rates in December…
Federal Reserve Chair Janet Yellen signaled Wednesday that the Fed is all but certain to raise interest rates this month for the first time in nearly a decade, saying that gains in the economy and labor market have met the central bank’s goals.
Her comments at the Economic Club of Washington amount to the strongest indication the Fed has provided so far that it will take action at a December 15-16 meeting.
This is the exact same kind of mistake that the Federal Reserve made back in the late 1930s. They thought that the U.S. economy was finally recovering, and so interest rates were raised. That turned out to be a tragic mistake.
But this time around, any mistake that the Fed makes will have global consequences. The rising U.S. dollar is already crippling emerging markets all around the globe, and an interest rate hike will just push the U.S. dollar even higher. For much more on this, please see my previous article entitled “The U.S. Dollar Has Already Caused A Global Recession And Now The Fed Is Going To Make It Worse“.
Sometimes I get criticized for issuing these kinds of alarms. But just think of how many people could have been helped if they would have known that the financial crisis of 2008 was going to happen ahead of time.
The exact same patterns that we experienced back then are playing out once again right in front of our eyes, and the more people that we can warn in advance the better.
Maurice Newman, chairman of Tony Abbott’s business advisory council, says UN is using debunked climate change science to impose authoritarian rule.
The Australian prime minister’s chief business adviser has accused the United Nations of using debunked climate change science to lead a new world order – provocative claims made to coincide with a visit from the top UN climate negotiator.
Christiana Figueres, who heads the UN framework convention on climate change, touring Australia this week, urged the country to move away from heavily polluting coal production.
Under Tony Abbott’s leadership, Australia has been reluctant to engage in global climate change politics, unsuccessfully attempting to keep the issue off the agenda of the G20 leaders’ summit in Brisbane last year.
Maurice Newman, the chairman of Abbott’s business advisory council and a climate change scepticwith a history of making provocative statements, said the UN was using false models showing sustained temperature increases to end democracy and impose authoritarian rule.
“It is opposed to capitalism and freedom and has made environmental catastrophism a household topic to achieve its objective.”
Figueres used an address in Melbourne to urge Australia to move away from coal, the country’s second-largest export, as the world grapples with global warming.
“Economic diversification will be a challenge that Australia faces,” she said.
Abbott has described coal as “good for humanity” and the “foundation of prosperity” for the foreseeable future.
Figueres also urged Australia to play a leading role at the climate summit in Paris in December, a call unlikely to be heeded given Abbott’s track record.
At the Brisbane G20 meeting, he warned that the Paris summit would fail if world leaders decided to put cutting carbon emissions ahead of economic growth.
At home, Abbott, who in 2009 said the science behind climate change was “crap”, repealed a tax on carbon pricing and abolished the independent Climate Commission advisory body.
Asked on the Canberra leg of her trip if the politics around renewable energy was as toxic elsewhere in the world, Figueres said: “No. At the global level what we see is increased participation of renewables, increased investment in renewables, increased excitement about renewables.”
Abbott’s office and the UN did not immediately respond to requests for comment.
An Attention-Grabbing Headline
“The first shot in the War on Cash?”
The headline caught our attention. We’d just finished researching and writing about the “Deep State” for the latest issue of our monthly publication, The Bill Bonner Letter.
This is something you’re likely to hear more about. The Deep State describes the way the U.S. government really works, rather than the way it’s supposed to work.
Over the years – hardly noticed by the press or the public – a group of insiders has taken control of Washington.
Originally the term “Deep State” was coined to describe various anti-democratic coalitions within the political system of Turkey (Turkish: derin devlet). In them meantime the term is widely used to describe all types of “state-within-the-state” type arrangements, the real power behind the throne, so to speak.
Some of them are familiar government hacks and politicians. Some, largely anonymous, are in the private sector. And some represent foreign governments, foreign businesses (notably banks), and foreign organizations.
These zombies and cronies – who number in the thousands – have much more power and authority than 100 million voters. Research shows that if they want legislation, they get it.
Voters, on the other hand, get what they want only rarely… and probably only because the insiders want the same thing. The insiders get the money, too. The tens of trillions of dollars diverted into boondoggle bailouts, QE, and ZIRP, for example – they had to go to someone.
And now the Deep State is setting itself up to get even more…
Now you know why it had such large eyes and such big teeth …
Two Kinds of “Cash”
Dr. Matthew Partridge in our London office reports for Money Week magazine that a small Swiss bank has become the first retail bank in the world to charge customers negative interest on their deposits.
A number of central banks – including the Swiss National Bank – have already taken benchmark interest rates below zero. But, beginning next year, Alternative Bank Schweiz (ABS) will be the world’s first bank to pass those negative rates on to customers.
Alternative Bank Schweiz is a so-called “sustainable” bank that tries to save the planet by funding all sorts of “green” and “ethical” investments. The “ethical investment” fad is in our opinion largely based on exploiting people’s gullibility (the same principle is at work in expensive bottled water and many “bio food” items). This is not meant to cast aspersions on ABS specifically, since there exist of course also organizations and individuals in this field who are genuinely trying to do good. We are instinctively wary of do-gooders and world improvers though, as they usually either strive to enlist the coercive power of the State or thrive on exploiting the innate guilt of first world populations (guilt over having it better than others and allegedly destroying the planet in the process).
In a letter to its customers, ABS said it would charge account holders 0.125% a year to hold their “cash” deposits to protect its profit margins. And anyone with 100,000 Swiss francs ($97,316) or more on deposit will have to pay 0.75% a year. Let’s stop here for a moment and clarify…
There are “cash deposits” and there is “cash.” Cash deposits are an oxymoron. If you say you have cash in the bank, you are mistaken. The bank doesn’t really hold “your” cash. It owes you money. If it goes broke, you’ll stand in line with other creditors to get it (subject to whatever guarantees may be in place… and however well they may work).
Cash in hand is different. It is physical. Paper. You can do what you want with it. And you don’t pay a negative interest rate. Which is why the feds want to ban cash. They say it will make it easier for them to stimulate the economy.
As long as you can hold physical cash, you have an easy way to escape negative interest rates: You just take the money out of the bank and put it in your home safe. But if physical cash is illegal, you have no choice. You have to keep “your money” on deposit at the bank… and take whatever negative rate the bank imposes on you.
Sheer insanity: the Swiss National Bank has set three month LIBOR at an average ofminus 75 basis points.
Of course, the idea that taking away your money will stimulate economic growth is ridiculous. As former banker, hedge fund manager, and expert on the fiat money system Warren Mosler recently told Bonner & Partners Investor Network subscribers:
“First, central bankers have got the interest rate thing backward. They think lowering rates will somehow stimulate the economy.
But negative interest rates are just a tax. You start off with a certain amount of money – say, $100. If the rate is negative 1%, then you have $99 at the end of a year.
Isn’t there some theory that says when people’s money goes away, and they have less, they spend less?”
If negative rates don’t really encourage spending, why bother? This brings us to the real danger of banning cash… and perhaps the real reason the feds want to do it – more control.
Reports William N. Griggs at The Free Thought Project under the headline “Drone Pilots have Bank Accounts and Credit Cards Frozen by Feds for Exposing U.S. Murder”:
“For having the courage to come forward and expose the drone program for the indiscriminate murder that it is, four vets are under attack from the government they once served.
The U.S. Government failed to deter them through threats of criminal prosecution, and clumsy attempts to intimidate their families. Now, four former Air Force drone operators-turned-whistleblowers have had their credit cards and bank accounts frozen, according to human rights attorney Jesselyn Radack.
‘My drone operators went public this week and now their credit cards and bank accounts are frozen,’ Radack lamented on her Twitter feed. This was done despite the fact that none of them has been charged with a criminal offense – but this is a trivial formality in the increasingly Sovietesque American National Security State.”
The four former drone pilots and whistle-blowers whose electronic financial life was simply erased as punishment for their audacity to inform the public about the murderous practices of the drone program. No court order or indictment was required – the State simply flipped a switch, depriving them of the means to defend themselves. Land of the Free, indeed.
If we are forced to keep our money in the bank… and cash is outlawed… the Deep State will have total economic control over us all.
Human Meat Found In McDonald’s Meat Factory. McDonald’s history is not a good one, and fast food restaurants already are known to have a lot of mystery ingredients, but this tops the list. Previously we brought you a report that detailed disturbing audio admissions by a man that claimed McDonald’s uses human meat as a filler in their 100% beef hamburgers and the fact that McDonald’s has been accused of using worm meat fillers.
Now, inspectors have allegedly found human meat and horse meat in the freezer’s of an Oklahoma City McDonald’s meat factory. Human meat was also recovered in several trucks that were on their way to deliver the patties to the fast food restaurants. According to various reports, authorities have inspected factories and restaurants across the country and have found human meat in 90% of the locations. Horse meat was found in 65% of the locations. FBI agent Lloyd Harrison told Huzler reporters, “The worst part is that it’s not only human meat, it’s child meat. The body parts were found across the US factories and were deemed too small to be adult body parts. This is truly horrible”.
(American Kabuki comment: “I’ve come to the conclusion that finance is a religion, and economists are the preachers who spread the catechism of capitalism. Problem is, a bit like how preachers haven’t a clue about things spiritual, the reality of finance is quite different that the orthodox dogmas taught by economics professors. Banking is about energy, the current of energy coming from humans (who are Source inbody), that current of energy is abstracted out by debt and converted to “currency” called money to hide where it all comes from. Why hide it? Because it comes from you and they don’t want you to know it was stolen by treaties, commerce systems, and programming disguised as education. Its your energy conglomerated into a system of control by central banks. One of the things that used to frustrate the heck out of me was they could never tell me in college, what money really was. Similarly physics professors could never tell me what time was. Turns out they couldn’t tell me because both are illusions. There is only energy, the flow of energy and NOW. -AK”)
Economists are fools
by Dan Slater for EURObiZ Japan
OPINIONS NOV. 27, 2015 – 06:41AM JST ( 12 )TOKYO —
I hate to lead with such an aggressive title, but over the years, nobody (apart from bankers) has upset me more than economists.
I have been reading the stuff published by economists for decades. In China, where I worked for 12 years, GDP growth became like a religion. Thousands of articles were written on the topic, each of them quoting economists. In the process, the glorious city of Beijing was laid waste, but that is another story.
The malign and fruitless obsession with GDP growth, and the part played by economists in encouraging it, is why I think economists are fools.
Prime Minister Shinzo Abe is the latest leader to fret about GDP growth. Yet this is misguided, for several reasons.
GDP growth is merely a measure of activity. What growth per se does not reveal is the nature and quality of that activity. As most economists are actually well aware of, you can maintain GDP indefinitely if you are rich enough. For example, knocking down and re-building a house is a way of generating GDP, even if the various iterations of the building show zero improvement. Of course, at some point you will run out of money.
It is clear that GDP growth is a blunt, or even ‘dumb’, way of looking at the economy. My suspicion, however, is that this is precisely why it is so popular with politicians. Merely generating economic activity, especially in the short term, is quite easy — and, therefore, a convenient way for politicians to say they have achieved something during their term in office.
To generate GDP growth, you could build over-priced sports stadiums all over the country. Indeed, the more over-priced the said structures, the more GDP growth you will achieve — since the preferred measure is ‘nominal’ GDP, which measures the monetary amount of an activity.
Economists, of course, are clever enough to know all about the shortcomings of worshipping GDP growth, but they seem to want to make friends with policy-makers and obtain research grants, so they go along with it.
For Japan, GDP growth is especially pointless in two ways. First, it is far more important to look at GDP per person. For Japan, maintaining a non-shrinking GDP, or 0% growth, is a triumph in the face of the speed that the working population is declining.
It is a hollow triumph, however, because once the aim becomes to protect your GDP number, you do all sorts of extreme things, like using the central bank to buy up your government bonds. But by making an artificial floor, you make it impossible to know the real price of Japanese debt.
The price of government debt is the price off which all other financial instruments are abased, so you are making a mockery of your capital markets in the process. And, remember, the reason we pay bankers and economists such high salaries is that they allow us to identify the ‘true’ prices of goods and services in the economy. Only they don’t. But we still pay their level of salaries.
The distortions are obvious in other ways. Today, Japanese GDP is much bigger than it was before Abe came to power in December 2012, in yen terms. But the value of the yen has collapsed 40% against the dollar in that time. So in dollar terms, it has sharply contracted.
Everyone wants a simple metric, and GDP growth is the metric incessantly recycled in almost every article about Abenomics. The prime minister was recently brazen enough to suggest a GDP of ¥600 trillion — a typically pointless numerical figure.
That is the reason why printing money has become so central to the debate about Abenomics. Printing money should make prices go up, and that lifts nominal GDP. Hey, presto, mission accomplished! This then leads you into truly wacky territory where rising prices — in a country where most people have been growing poorer over the last 20 years — is seen as a good thing. But, hey, nominal GDP is growing — at least in the short term.
If you choose one bad metrics, you start having to use lots of other absurd metrics to achieve the original metric. Unfortunately, none of this looks likely to change soon.
External Link: http://eurobiz.jp/
Hervé Falciani, a former IT worker, was convicted in his absence for the biggest leak in banking history. He is currently living in France, where he sought refuge from Swiss justice, and did not attend the trial.
While working on the database of HSBC’s Swiss private bank, Falciani downloaded the details of about 130,000 holders of secret Swiss accounts. The information was handed to French investigators in December 2008 and then circulated to other European governments.It was used to prosecute tax evaders including Arlette Ricci, the heir to France’s Nina Ricci perfume empire, and to pursue Emilio Botín, the late chairman of Spain’s Santander bank. Switzerland’s federal prosecutor had requested a record six-year term for Falciani for aggravated industrial espionage, data theft and violation of commercial and banking secrecy.It was the longest sentence ever demanded by the confederation’s public ministry in a case of banking data theft. The trial was also the first conducted by the country’s federal criminal court in which the accused had not been present.
The defendant’s lawyers had demanded a reduced sentence, of between two and three years, “compatible with the granting of a reprieve”.
Sick Satanic People – From Planned Parenthood to your Table!
Under the guise of wholesome family values, Planned Parenthood satanic connection goes way beyond stem research. Margaret Sanger, founder of Planned Parenthood had strong ties to Satanic globalists. As a matter of fact, her “family planning” efforts to kill unborn babies were financed by the Rockefellers. Sanger was also an avowed Marxist, atheist, and eugenicist.
After she started the World Population Conference in 1927, the League of Nations took note of her aspirations and when they became the United Nations, they started hosting the World Population Conference in 1954 with the help of Margaret Sanger’s new organization, the International Planned Parenthood Federation (see World Population and the United Nations by Stanley Johnson, 1987, pp. 11-12). Sanger also had ties to the UN’s religious arm, the Lucis Trust, an organization founded to worship Satan, aka Lucifer.
She was a supporter/founding member of that organization’s offshoot known as the Temple of Understanding, which was also funded by Illuminati Freemason/Luciferian John D. Rockefeller. It’s interesting how close the ties are between atheism, socialism, and Luciferians.
If you have paid attention to what has transpired as a result of the videos, some curious, unbelievable things have happened. While a huge number of people were outraged at Planned Parenthood and are justifiably calling for its funds to be cut immediately, Congress has stalled on voting to defund it, a judge has sided with a shady company profiting from baby body parts who wants the videos stopped, Planned Parenthood’s director along with President Obama and online trolls continue to defend the murderous organization’s practices, and the mainstream media has all but ignored it. Why?
THE PROFIT OF SATANIC HUMAN SACRIFICE RITUALS
Popular televangelist Jim Bakker claims Satanic Temples are being hidden in some Planned Parenthood clinics, and that those clinics serve as “legal cover” for the ritual sacrifice of children. Guest pastor Rick Wiles said that a former Satanist told him that he “performed 164 Satanic rituals inside of abortion clinics. I’ve had women sit as close as Jim is to me, as you are to me, crying, screaming from their innermost being because they were in those Satanic rituals where their babies were aborted. Wiles went on to claim that his former Satanist friend said: Sacrificing a human life is the greatest thing that they can do for Lucifer.
HOW DOES THE HUMAN SACRIFICE END UP ON YOUR TABLE?
The issue began in 2011 when the non-profit group Children of God for Life (CGL) first broke the news about Pepsi’s alliance with Senomyx, which led to massive outcry and a worldwide boycott of Pepsi products. At that time, it was revealed that Pepsi had many other options at its disposal to produce flavor chemicals, which is what its competitors do, but had instead chosen to continue using aborted fetal cells — or as Senomyx deceptively puts it, “isolated human taste receptors” (http://www.naturalnews.com).
SOME OF THE PRUDUCTS CONTAINING HUMAN SACRIFICE
The Fake Dead and Wounded of the Paris France Terror Attack Hoax
published by No Dis Info, on November 15, 2015
Make no mistake about it the purported terror attack in France, including the supposed terrorist shooting at the Batcalan concert hall, is a terminally corrupt hoax. It is neither a false flag attack nor a real, spontaneous event. These are complete misrepresentations. No one is in shock to any degree. People are moving slowly. Others are milling around. No one is in obvious pain. There are no raw gunshot wounds from an AK-47 to be found. There are also no bombast victims. No one is suffering from burnt, shredded flesh and/or amputations. Then, how could this be a real event represented by the detonation of suicide vests, the pumping of people full of live ammunition, and/or the shooting at point=-blank range with powerful long-guns?
‘The Syrians did it.’ Sure, they did, right. What perfect timing it is. Hoax arch-Zionist agent ‘Jihadi John’ is now dead and thus Syrian ‘rebels’ launched a concerted attack, right in the midst of that heavily armed, security conscious NATO nation. In fact, rather than an actual terrorist attack by outside elements this is an arch-Zionist Rothschild-inspired NATO exercise, a plot, all to justified continued intervention by the Zionists in the Islamic Middle East: to justify bombing, murder, and destruction, and there can be no doubt about it. Even so, people should stop calling this a false flag. There is nothing about it that has to do with murderous actions. The murder will come in time: through the actions of NATO in its criminal enterprises in the Middle East.
What is this entity on the ground? Is it a dummy or a real person? Where is the expected blood? Where is the evidence of gunshot injury? It’s surely no a realistic example. When a Palestinian is shot in the head, back, or chest blood runs from the body. Are the French that cold-blooded that their bodies can’t respond to the norm?
Notice the abdomen, how tense it is., This is typical of dummies. There would be no bloating of the carcass that quickly. Here are other entities. Are they dummies as well? Even so, where is the evidence for some 130 dead with dozens of others wounded? Regardless, where are the casualties, some 130 dead and 200 wounded? Why in the world are there only images available of merely a few ‘corpses,’ seemingly five or ten or less?
What about this individual? How can he be a truly injured person. Moreover, it is cold in the dark night. Why was his shirt removed? Let us have a closer look to evaluate what is represented as head wounds:
There are no obvious wounds to be seen: only red paint. There are no lacerations, there is no bright red arterial blood, and there is no way to account for the red matter staining his nose and face:
Clearly, rather than actual blood this is mere paint. Furthermore, there is no evidence for any facial wounds. For instance, there is no wound accounting for the red matter seen on the nose. Nor are there any obvious scalp wounds. The use of a hair net for scalp wounds makes no sense to any degree, and unless it is sterile, it would cause contamination. The only purpose, it would seem, would be to make the theatrical blood more visible to the cameras.
What about this woman? One supposed eyewitness has stated that she had bruises all over her forehead. Where are those bruises? Moreover, why is she before the cameras? Why isn’t she, if she has suffered head wounds, rendered supine?
Here is another hoaxer who is merely painted with fake blood. He’s in on the act, though, putting forth plant of dramatics. Yet, despite the facial expression no wounds can be seen. Nor does his position make sense, that is being laid on his side, other than for purposes of the camera-shoot. This is a fake. The Zionists are behind this. They are attempting to use this treacherous fraud as the basis for further invasive war. That is why they have deemed it, this Friday the 13th hoax, “France’s 911.”
What about this fake? Can anyone imaging it? There are wounded people on the ground, and they are being dragged about like so many sacks of potatoes? Who in the world finds this plausible even to the least degree?
Then, there is this element of the staging, the back-alley component.
One of them has the legs crossed during the dragging. It appears that two of the (fake) good Samaritans are camera-people; notice what appears to be a camera-bag on the one individual, complete with obvious strap. Regardless, why would anyone drag a wounded person like a sack of potatoes in the middle of the street? There are liabilities, here. Most people would never do so. If they were to remove a person, it would be by lifting and carrying.
Here is yet another curious example of a fabricated injury, in this case the attempt to mimic a bullet wound. This may readily fool a person, as it does what appears to be an opening, as would be seen from a penetrating object. Yet, even so it is not convincing. As always, there are the good Samaritans in charge, supposedly stabilizing her. She has been full exposed before the camera, making the ‘lesion’ clear before the media capture.
This is acclaimed as being imagery at Cambodge Restaurant. Yet, it must be asked, where is the blood? Where is the induration and any actual blast injury? Truly, why is this woman not bleeding out? The brachial artery is there.
Lightening it up and zooming in on the image leads to one conclusion; this is rather than an actual wound merely a silicone fake. It doesn’t seem to belong to the category of human flesh at all. The following is an example of the creation of a fake wound through silicone and other components:
Here is another example of pure fabrication, in this case the hugging huddle. Yet, this is not merely shot before the cameras for the hugging routine. All these people are plastered with fake blood:
Notice the bandage hanging down stained with tempura paint. Let us not forget this arch-hoaxer, the one with the heaviest dose of phony blood:
This is clearly merely a moulage paint job – and there can be no other conclusion. Even so, where are the man’s gunshot wounds and/or lacerations? What is he doing walking around while the firemen and others do nothing to secure him? Oh, how the Zionists seek to corrupt it all, spreading nothing but lies, attempting conquest after conquest through mere raw deceit.
Was the Same Woman at the Aurora, Sandy Hook, and Boston Tragedies?
published on Wafflesatnoon on November 14, 2015
This is a filthy lie. No one died, and no one is injured. All the red matter is red theatrical paint. It’s a set-up to manipulate the mind of the always gullible, vulnerable goy but also all others, including Islaamic people. Who wouldn’t believe it is as true when bombarded with the imagery and with the arch-psyops trickery? It’s brain-washing. The vast majority of people fully succumb to it.
‘It’s graphic, terrifying, and horrific. Sure it is, right. “It’s a horror,” says Hollande, while the Israeli press is playing it up, saying all eyes of the world are fixed on France, the (fake) horror deeply affecting the world. This is what the Zionists seek. They seek to confuse and to fool.
Yet, in this case they shall fool no one, that is no one who has a mind to think and eyes, and consciousness, to see.
Norse – Superior Attack Intelligence
Norse receives instant attack telemetry from more than 8 million sensors deployed everywhere in the world
Norse operates the world’s largest commercial attack intelligence database, with more than 7 petabytes of detailed attack histories
Norse sensors and honeypots can emulate more than 6,000 commonly-attacked devices & applications
France was victimized by a bloody terror attack on the evening of November 13th, 2015. ISIS, the self-proclaimed “Islamic caliphate,” has taken credit for the Paris terror attacks, which claimed the lives of at least 129 people and wounded another 415.
The world is grieving, with millions on social media declaring their solidarity with France. Millions more are asking why so many are outraged now, when thousands of people are killed daily in conflicts the world over.
In the aftermath of the attack, several realities have become clear. Taking history into account, three things will undoubtedly occur in response to the terror attacks in Paris.
Yet More War
The world is plagued by war, and following the Paris attacks, there is about to be a lot more of it. French President Francois Hollande quickly declared Friday’s terror attacks acts of war, making it clear through his actions over the weekend what the answer to those acts will be: bombs — and a lot of them.
France carried out over 100 airstrikes in Syria on Sunday, with many more sure to come in Hollande’s “pitiless war” against those responsible for the attacks. France has already been involved with the civil war in Syria, fighting alongside the U.S. At the same time, it has stuck to the West’s talking point that Assad must be deposed for there to be a political solution to the conflict.
On the other side of the Atlantic, the U.S. is gearing up to exploit the attacks in Paris by calling for more military intervention in Syria. First it was politicians, then the establishment media who called for a more direct response from the United States — up to and including a full-scale invasion of Syria.
President Obama has already stymied such calls for a full-scale military operation in Syria, ruling out a ground invasion. “It’s best that we don’t shoot first and aim later,” he said. The president continued:
“We play into the ISIL narrative when we act as if they are a state and we use routine military tactics that are designed to fight a state that is attacking another state. That’s not what’s going on here.”
While this rhetoric is rather rational, it’s hard to believe the president will stick to his words, especially considering he proclaimed the U.S. would not deploy boots on the ground in Syria at least 16 times — only to do just that months later.
As Anti-Media noted earlier today, Sunday’s entire Democratic presidential debate was intentionally shifted to focus on foreign policy and anti-terror measures — and the candidates responded with forcefully hawkish rhetoric (with the exception of Bernie Sanders).
The information that seems to be missing from the entire conversation is that it was forceful foreign policy, accelerated by George W. Bush and continued by President Obama, that is directly responsible for the rise of ISIS in the first place. The short-sighted rhetoric political figures and media pundits are now spouting is highly reminiscent of post-9/11 fervor — and could lead to more of the same foreign policy blunders made in the years following 2001.
Islamophobia, Xenophobia, and Anti-Immigrant Sentiment
When an Islamic terrorist group attacks, the masses are quick to indict the entire religion — and the right-wing media is always there to fuel the flames of distrust and fear. The fact of the matter is that only a tiny minority of people who identify as Muslim commit terrorist acts. The likelihood of white Europeans and Americans alike committing an act of terror is exponentially greater than that of Islamic extremists (cops in the U.S. kill exponentially more than both of these groups combined).
Distrust of Muslims has been growing in France for several years, and the Paris attacks have only served to amplify this xenophobia. Rallies for peace and solidarity in Paris over the weekend were interrupted by anti-Muslim protesters shouting, “throw out Islamists!”
The “Jungle” refugee camp in Calais, France, which largely houses Muslims fleeing the war-torn Middle East, caught fire on Friday night. While the cause of the fire is still unknown, anti-immigrant groups in France took to social media to applaud the fire’s destruction.
In the United States, many media outlets are fear mongering with anti-immigrant propaganda, and right-wing politicians are feeding right into it. At least half a dozen Republican governors have already announced plans to resist the settlement of Syrian refugees in their states in the wake of the Paris terror attacks. However, many people on social media are countering the fear mongering:
To people blaming refugees for attacks in Paris tonight. Do you not realise these are the people the refugees are trying to run away from..?
— Dan Holloway (@RFCdan) November 13, 2015
Loss of Liberties in France and at Home
The immediate response to the terror attacks in France was one of blatant militarism. As Anti-Media reported earlier today, the French government has deployed 10,000 troops to patrol the streets of France. President Francois Hollande announced his intention to extend the state of emergency for another three months, and a curfew has been enacted in Paris for the first time since WWII. These actions make a state of near-martial law a reality for Parisians. The French government also ordered 150 raids across the country against suspected terrorists, placing 104 people under house arrest.
In the long-term, the French can expect to see their liberties eroded as their government continues to replace freedom with security, much like the U.S. did following 9/11 (see: Patriot Act). Prior to Friday’s attacks, the French government had already banned some forms of free speech and established an extensive surveillance apparatus, but further amplifications of these intrusions are likely to follow. Militarized police, “stop and frisk”-style tactics, and loss of privacy are all on the menu as the French government capitalizes on this tragedy to increase its control over the public.
In the U.S., calls to increase already intrusive surveillance of the public have already begun. Republican presidential candidate Jeb Bush, appearing on MSNBC’s Morning Joe, said, “I think we need to restore the metadata program, which was part of the Patriot Act.” Though the bulk collection of the metadata of U.S. citizens was ruled unconstitutional last week by District Court Judge Richard Leon, CIA director John Brennan echoed Bush-era sentiments: speaking to the Center for Strategic and International Studies, Brennan claimed that in the wake of the Paris attacks, the U.S. should roll back recent reforms made to protect the privacy of Americans from the NSA’s surveillance dragnet.
While the world mourns the deaths of the innocent people who fell victim to the terror attacks in France, Western governments are busy making plans to wage further war and to reduce the freedoms of the very people victimized by the attacks in the first place. Meanwhile, misled patriots everywhere are clamoring to express their nationalistic fervor, bashing and attacking the very refugees their own governments created through foreign policy riddled with hubris.
“There’s No Such Thing As ISIS”: Journalist Destroys West’s Terror Narrative, Warns Of Crackdown On “Dissidents”
Submitted by Tyler Durden on 11/17/2015 13:55 -0500
On Saturday, the day after the massacre in France which turned the streets of Paris into a warzone and left some 130 civilians dead, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad had a message for the West.
While condemning the attacks and branding the perpetrators “savages”, he was also quick to note that Syria has been dealing with this brand of terrorism for nearly five years straight. In what amounted to an “I told you so” moment, Assad also said the following: “We said, don’t take what is happening in Syria lightly. Unfortunately, European officials did not listen.”
Assad also took the opportunity to once again suggest that the West’s sponsorship of the regional powers who support (both explicitly and implicitly) Sunni extremism in Syria is the root cause of the problem although the language he used was a bit less harsh than that which he employed in September (presumably because he was trying not to inflame tensions less than 24 hours after the Paris massacre). Here’s what he said: “The question that is being asked throughout France today is, was France’s policy over the past five years the right one? The answer is no.”
Presumably, Assad was referencing the West’s support for the various militant groups seeking to oust his government. Those groups, including ISIS, have received money, guns, and training at various times from the CIA, from Turkey, from Saudi Arabia, and from Qatar. The situation on the ground is of course so fluid that it’s nearly impossible to keep track of where the guns, money, and fighters end up, meaning that even those observers who shun conspiracy theories would be hard pressed to contend that the US has not at least indirectly armed and trained ISIS.
Perhaps the most overlooked passage in all of the leaked documents that have surfaced thus far is the following from a declassified Pentagon report dated August 2012 and obtained by Judicial Watch:
…there is the possibility of establishing a declared or undeclared Salafist Principality in eastern Syria (Hasaka and Der Zor), and this is exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition want, in order to isolate the Syrian regime, which is considered the strategic depth of the Shia expansion (Iraq and Iran).”
That’s the smoking gun and nobody seems to care.
The passage above clearly states that the US knew this was coming and viewed it as “exactly what the supporting powers to the opposition want” on the way to not only “isolating” Assad, but also to breaking Tehran’s Shiite crescent.
Although that’s such a critical excerpt, it has been habitually overlooked, and ironically, tragedies like that which occurred in Paris only serve to galvanize public opinion around an ideal rather than around the search for answers and that, is a dangerous, dangerous thing.
In that context and (importantly) in the context of French President Francois Hollande’s push to alter the French Constitution, we bring you the following interview with journalist Gearoid O’Colmain who pretty much blows apart the entire charade in the space of ten minutes.
“There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of the US, we know that from official sources of the US military themselves and declassified documents”…
Paris false flag. Dead body starts flicking through his mobile phone.
Pictures captured by a French journalist. Other impossibilities expose the hoax element. Where is the civilian footage of the Paris hoax from peoples’ mobile phones? There is none. Just like 911.
The giant psychological warfare operation, where “ISIS terrorists” allegedly killed over a hundred people in Paris, on Friday the 13th, November, 2015, was just part of ongoing horse trading towards a world government.
To understand this, let us look at some key events surrounding the events in Paris.
First of all, the fact that thousands of witnesses all carrying video phones were unable to record the events of that day alone proves it was just a massive propaganda event, NSA and other sources agree. In addition, all 8 security camera feeds to the areas where the supposed massacres took place had been shut off, implying high level cooperation from the French security police, CIA sources say.
Next, let us look at what has resulted from this event. France has implemented martial law and closed its borders. This is classic Gladio strategy whereby a manufactured terror incident is used to implement a military government.
Furthermore, the French have been pushing, through their proxy Christine Lagarde, head of the IMF, to replace the US dollar with the IMF’s SDR. This is to be decided at a meeting on November 30th.
November 30th is also the day when 120 or so world leaders, including those of Russia, the US and China, are to gather in Paris to “discuss global warming.” As anybody who actually checks facts knows, “global warming” has nothing to do with scientific truth and everything to do with forming a world government. The idea is to finance this world government with a global “carbon tax.” The world itself is not warming and even if it was it would be due to solar cycles and not CO2.
However, the events in Paris and unreported but even more dramatic events in the Middle East are, nonetheless, part of some very serious infighting between various factions struggling to dominate the world government that is being negotiated.
There is also conflicting evidence about exactly who staged the events in Paris and other similar psy-ops that are appearing with increasing regularity.
The Russians, still furious about the shooting down of their airplane on Halloween (October 31st), say it was the same people behind that as were behind the events in Paris. Russian President Vladimir Putting is saying he will “not deal with the dog that has bitten him, it is the owner of the dog who will be held responsible.”
According to the Russians the owner of this particular “dog,” is the Vanguard Corporation and their subsidiary Raytheon. The owners of this corporate holding company are being systematically hunted down by the Russians.
As well as this, there is now a Chinese, Russian, Iranian and Pentagon operation underway in the Middle East that is destroying the power base of the Khazarian mafia and their Israeli slave regime. The massive defeats being faced by the Khazarians and their ISIS subsidiary in the Middle East are of historical significance.
The Russians say “‘Putin’* bombed several ISIS oil-producing companies and a motorcade with oil that was already bought by ISIS business partners, and ‘Maniac Putin’ bombed ISIL refineries.” In other words they have started attacking the owners of ISIS in their wallets where it really hurts. They say this is just a beginning.
Pentagon and CIA sources agree with the Russians that the Khazarian mafia and their proxy Israel are reeling under unprecedented attack. Inside Syria, government forces have recaptured Aleppo, the second largest city in that country. In addition, ISIS have lost the city of Ramadi and the town of Sinjar in Iraq.
Furthermore, the Russians are carrying out airstrikes against Khazarian proxy forces in Lebanon while the Americans are attacking them in Libya. This is having the effect of cutting off all their oil and drug income.
In addition to that Israel is under economic siege. Israeli arms manufacturers have lost 50% of their sales since 2012 due to an arms embargo.
Israel also remains under a Chinese, Russian and Pentagon military blockade that will not be lifted until they withdraw from all illegally occupied territories. Even Israeli lobbying to keep the Golan Heights was rejected.
Both the Pentagon and the Russians believe the Khazarian mob and their ISIS proxies staged the Paris attacks as revenge against these setbacks. Pentagon sources say the attacks were a failed effort to get NATO to fight on behalf of Israel in Syria. Instead, the G20 nations just meeting in Turkey agreed that Israel and their bribed politicians in the United States were the leading world cause of terrorism.
The Russians are, for their part, also saying that France was targeted because the French and the Germans were trying to stop the Kazarian mobs’ distribution of forged “super-k” dollars in the Ukraine.
The refugee crisis is also seen by the Russians as punishment against the Europeans. The Russians say they have forensically traced all the twitter accounts encouraging refugees to go to Europe to the city of San Francisco in the United States.
There may be a deeper agenda at work though. For one thing the refugee crisis has forced most countries in the EU to re-impose border controls. At the same time an emerging socialist government in Portugal is asking for a reduction in debt payments, likely reigniting the debt crisis that is still sputtering away in Greece. If they get a cut in debt payments then Spain, Italy and Greece will ask for the same and thus threaten the Euro.
Remember the European Parliament Building was designed many years ago to resemble to Tower of Babel. The Tower of Babel collapsed making one wonder if the Euro government was also designed, from the beginning to collapse.
Next remember the January cover of the Rothschild owned Economist magazine featuring two arrows with the numbers 115 and 113, a close match to 151113, the date of the Paris attacks. Right beside the arrows in the picture is Alice from Alice in Wonderland staring at a Da Vinci Portrait that is in the Louvre Museum in Paris.
The portrait in the Louvre is of a woman who, the story goes, was mistress to the King of France. Her husband, to get revenge on the king, infected himself with syphilis in order to pass it on to the king through his wife.
So, if we are to speculate further, the attacks in Paris were a long planned revenge against the bloodline French establishment by anti-bloodline Illuminati.
Occult speculation aside, since the Germans pay the most into the Euro and the French benefit the most, the end of the Euro would hurt France most of all. So, clearly the French establishment benefits from martial law in such circumstances.
Also, as mentioned at the top of this article, there is a big world gathering starting in Paris on November 30th to discuss “global warming” aka “global governing.” Again martial law and closed borders would help protect the 120 world leaders gathering there.
As most of the speeches by world leaders at the UN 70th anniversary bash in September made clear, there is a consensus that changes need to be made in how we run the planet. The countries that did not share in the American, British, Chinese, French and Russian World War 2 victory table want these countries to give up their monopoly on vetoes in the UN Security Council. Most countries also agree that more needs to be done to fight poverty and end environmental destruction.
There is clearly a consensus among current world leaders that some sort of new rules for running the planet, essentially some sort of world government, is needed.
So what are the identifiable factions in the negotiations towards a world government?
The French, Germans and their European allies are pushing to make the IMF the most powerful instrument of their New World Order by inviting the Chinese to join them at the SDR table and thus replace the US dollar with something they control.
The only problem with this is that the IMF has a horrific track record of raping, looting and impoverishing countries in order to benefit large corporations. Nobody wants an IMF world government except the people who now control the IMF.
The Pentagon and the US military industrial complex are pushing for a meritocratic world government of the sort seen in Star Trek. The Gnostic Illuminati also support this.
The Chinese also believe in meritocracy but with one important difference, they want to make sure any meritocratic world government doesn’t end up being controlled by Westerners.
That is why there is a proxy fight going on between the military industrial faction (stronghold of the illuminati) and the Chinese. This is being seen in the US military taking over the Federal Reserve Board dollar printing press inside the United States and the Chinese reaction of cutting off trade credit to the US.
The Americans are reacting by offering countries around China “protection” against the Chinese. They advertise their willingness to stand up to China by sending planes and ships into disputed territories controlled by China.
At the end of the day the Chinese and the US/Western military industrial faction are likely to find some sort of compromise involving greater non-Western control of world institutions. The reason is because the alternative, World War 3 and the destruction of 90% of the planet, is unthinkable. In other words, given a choice between win-win and lose-lose, it’s easy to guess who win-wins.
The losers in all this will be the Khazarian mafia who are being forced to give up their dream of enslaving humanity into their 1000 year reich. Illuminati sources say they expect another Khazarian incident on or around thanksgiving (November 26th).
*Actual Russian sources, by the way, put “Putin” in quotation marks because they say he is actually a representative of their collective decision making and not an individual exercising actual leadership.
OPEN EMAIL to PRIME MINISTER TURNBULL:
PAEDOPHILIA IS A SILENT SINISTER PANDEMIC in AUSTRALIA !
COMMISSION’S HANDS AND TONGUES ARE TIED
Larry Pickering Four-time Walkley Award winning political commentator and Churchill Fellow, has returned to the fray over concern that the integrity of news dissemination is continually being threatened by a partisan media.
Fri 23 Oct 2015 11:12:23 pm/828 COMMENTS
For each layer of abuse the Royal Commission peels back, there’s yet another more horrific layer ready to unfold… but the Commission is not game to go there. For instance, I reported here a couple of years back about where Qld’s 35th premier, Rob “Bubbles” Borbidge, fits into the gallery of paedophile rogues.
Rob Borbidge, (he was Premier Newman’s first choice as Governor) and his mates had an after-hours predilection for under-age boys, and his “mates” were none other than ex-Chief Justice, and now the Newman anointed Governor, Paul “Daphnis” de Jersey and the then Federal Court Judge, John “Doggy” Dowsett.
The group BLAZE, an acronym for “Boy Lovers and Zucchini Eaters”, received much scrutiny from the NSW Wood Royal Commission and the NCA. The Commission’s report is available on the net, so for those who say Pickering makes this stuff up because he is a bankrupt and can’t be sued, it would do them well to carry out a little research themselves into the multiple former commission and inquiry reports… and I am not a bankrupt and even if I was I could still be sued, so people are welcome to sue me, but they don’t and won’t for fear of what else will be exposed.
You’d be surprised at what else my solicitor holds.
A recent British report noted that children are being abused, “on an industrial scale”. Lord Justice George Fulford, adviser to the Queen and Privy Counsellor, is a founder of the outrageous “Paedophile Information Exchange” group known as PIE.
Justice Fulford claimed in an article that the PIE organisation, (now under investigation in the wake of the Jimmy Savile and Rolf Harris scandals) was merely a way for paedophiles to, “make friends and offer each other mutual support”.
But PIE, is openly advocating child sex be legalised down to the age of four. (Yeah, four, I had to read it again too.) These paedophile groups are not confined only to gay lobbyists but there is certainly a predominance of them who are pushing for the legalisation of child sex.
In Australia there are over 44,000 homeless children either in foster care, State care or on the streets… almost all will be abused at some time.
Almost all children in Islamic groups will also suffer some type of abuse. Almost all tribal Aboriginal children will suffer what we call abuse, where old men “educate” young girls and old women “educate” young boys. Where does “culture” separate itself from assumed decency?
As reported earlier, a former Qld Government Speaker claims to have had in his possession a copy of a video, provided by the Parliamentary Service Staff, showing Rob Borbidge entering the Annex building with one of his “friends” and in the company of two young “boys” dressed in high heeled shoes and blonde wigs.
It is believed that a copy of the video, which was in the possession of the Speaker, is now in a secure location.
Borbidge also wrote some very compromising “love letters” to young boys on official Opposition letterheads, which is an indication of how safe these people feel in their protected pursuits. The former Speaker declared, “There are three in existence. I have recovered two, but there’s still one getting around out there somewhere.” The two letters are also now in a safe location.
Still nothing has been subpoenaed by the current Royal Commission.
In December of 1984, police raided two male brothels, Brett’s Boys at Kelvin Grove and House of Praetorian at Coorparoo.
Copies of credit card receipts were kept in Police Commissioner Terry Lewis’ safe. These documents were seized by Fitzgerald Inquiry investigators. The source for this information was a solicitor representing one of the corrupt cops who was brought before the Fitzgerald Inquiry.
According to this source, Lewis’s safe contained credit card receipts for “Brett’s Boys” brothel. The receipts detailed the services as “laundry” and the credit cards were specifically described as AMEX and were noted as official “parliamentary expenses”. Nothing of that material has been subpoenaed either.
In the Kimmins Report it was claimed that boys were supplied to “Brett’s Boys” from a Philippine source. But there was another source of young boys who were bound for the paedophile networks.
At the recent Carmody Commission of Inquiry a witness by the name of Fred Feige made mention of a senior officer in the Department of Family Services, Mr Donald A. C. Smith, who it was alleged, was apportioning out young boys to the offending groups on weekends. No charges have been laid there either.
At the current Federal Royal Commission into “Institutional Responses” to Child Sexual Abuse, one witness would be happy to expand on this information. He has not been summonsed to appear and is not likely to be. He would have claimed that he was abused by one particular paedophile who was part of a group. This group was involved in an early 1980’s court case which is known as the “Case of the Three White Volvos”.
Each member of this group drove a white Volvo. The particular paedophile in question was alleged to be ABC radio announcer Blair Edmonds.
Another member of this group was Justice Underhill (known as “Justice Underpants”) who died last year. It is interesting to note who gave the eulogy at Underhill’s funeral. It was Justice Kirby who also gave the eulogy at former Governor General, Sir Zelman Cowan’s, funeral.
Cowan was also a paedophile according to Police Intelligence records and he is the GG accused of in Heffernan’s latest nameless revelations.
If you don’t believe a wall of protection surrounds the worst of paedophilia in high places, consider this: On March 12, 2002, Senator Heffernan again used parliamentary privilege to accuse Justice Michael Kirby of using a Commonwealth car to cruise the notorious “Darlinghurst Wall” where it was alleged he was seen soliciting sex from underage males.
Heffernan also accused the eminent judge of being unfit to hear cases involving child sex charges. He claimed the judge had “regularly trawled for what they call ‘rough trade’ at the Darlinghurst Wall”, and said he had personally interviewed several of Kirby’s former “rentboys”.
He also claimed that the judge often used taxpayer-provided Comcars to pick up a young male from Kings Cross and take him to the judge’s home.
Justice Kirby, a declared homosexual with a long-term partner, strongly denied the claims.
But the Comcar driver’s job record from April, 1994, showed that Justice Kirby was picked up at the Law Courts at 7pm and taken to Rose Bay. The trip, which according to the driver was via Darlinghurst, took 50 minutes.
At 11pm the car returned to Justice Kirby’s home and went back to Darlinghurst, this time only taking 20 minutes. According to an annotation, the judge “did not travel” on the return journey. (It is against Comcar rules for the designated passenger to send a guest alone.)
The document does not identify who travelled on the judge’s account. At the time, Justice Kirby was president of the NSW Court of Appeal. He was appointed to the High Court by Keating in February of 1996.
There was a second document, a statutory declaration from a man, now 29, sworn in August, 2000.
It says, “I have given written statements to the Child Protection Enforcement Agency about my sexual encounters originating from the Wall in Darlinghurst with Michael Kirby. I know Michael Kirby is a judge.
“On several occasions he took me to a unit in Darley Street at the end of the ‘Wall’. At the times Michel Kirby picked me up from the Wall, I was a young male prostitute and heroin addict. I told Michael Kirby this.”
Unfortunately for Heffernan, Standing Order 193 prohibits privileged disclosure of “imputations of improper motives or personal reflections” on sitting judicial officers. Heffernan hurriedly withdrew his claims rather than serve a jail term, he was promptly censured by the Senate and John Howard’s Coalition Government forced his resignation as a Parliamentary Secretary.
Graham Richardson’s political bed partner at the time, Fia Cummings, wrote in The Age of March 17, 2002: “The man who signed the declaration is believed to have also given evidence to police about solicitor John Marsden, but Justice David Levine rejected the man’s evidence in the Marsden case on the basis of factual errors.
“The man was among several interviewed about Justice Kirby in 1998 by the NSW police strike force ‘Cori’, formed to investigate Franca Arena’s paedophile claims.”
Ms Cumming also reported that Senator Heffernan’s interest in Justice Kirby was triggered by an approach from a concerned Comcar driver in late 1997.
Her advice that the scandal, “Appears certain to end the career of either Senator Heffernan or Justice Kirby” has been proved wrong.
Just how high this bloody wall of protection is surrounding the “elite” is anybody’s guess.
ALP sycophant, Philip Adams, gave the eulogies at the funerals of Big Bob Collins who suicided rather than face paedophile charges and at the funeral of known serial “rough-house” offender, SA Premier, Don Dunstan, who had internally injured a young boy to the extent that the poor boy was airlifted back to a Filipino hospital rather than risk admission to a local hospital here.
Sir Joh Bjelke-Petersen, in January, 1987 received a delegation from two investigators into paedophile claims and, during a four hour meeting, the investigators disclosed in detail the sordid backgrounds of D’Arcy, Borbidge and Ahern. Bjelke, according to reports seemed unmoved. As far as Borbidge and Ahern are concerned, again nothing has happened.
Family Services official, Donald A. C. Smith (known as “The Gatekeeper”) had the final say on which children received weekend passes from orphanages and youth detention centres. This was well known but again no charges have been laid.
The current Gillard Royal Commission into paedophilia was designed to throw light on Abbott’s catholic “mate” George Pell, although there is no evidence that Pell himself dabbled in paedophilia.
Pell is accused of protecting paedophiles by keeping them hidden in alternating parishes.
The Commission has concentrated so far mainly on religious “institutions” and has not encroached on the networks within Parliaments, the judiciary, high-profile corporations, well-known television celebrities or Muslim or Aboriginal communities.
We should be discovering the awful extent to which innocent and mostly homeless children, or children in State care, have been abused, but we are nowhere near that extent! Some horrific tales leak out from within the entertainment industry that cannot be verified as police are suddenly told, without reason, to drop their investigations.
If only the Commission’s terms of reference could be broadened from the Gillard Government’s limited “institutional responses” caveat, we might see some big names, including an ex-Prime Minister in the dock (and most know who that is).
As long as some groups remain protected from the law then paedophiles will be attracted to those groups… and that is clearly what has happened and it is still happening. Things are changing in the UK.
But don’t hold your breath down under
Who is the former Australian Prime Minister–judges who are paedophiles?
“Every Commonwealth attorney-general since Philip Ruddock (2003) had seen the list”.
This indicates a PM before 2003 … all the clues lead to Howard Keating Hawke ! … UPDATE !
Have you already forgotten the ALP’s heavyweight Bill Collins attack on the former Governor General, Bill Hayden for stating that Paul Keating was not a poofter as the young man he was seen having lunch with was his son!!!
Have you forgotten that once Paul Keating left office he separated from his wife?
Now who was the Malaysian Opposition leader to Dr Mahatir who was goaled and had the nick-name of Keatings bumboy? Abraham or something similar.
Forget Bob Hawke, even before he left Hazel he was banging his biography writer Blanche. Forget Malcolm Fraser, he was far too monotonous, and as for that ‘Little’ Johnny Howard he still has his wife who was sterile due to a condition a girl gets from being too promiscuous.
That only leaves good old Paul Keating with his piggery and residing in Indonesia. … Andrew S MacGregor
Abbott+Brandis had a secret meeting with paedophile protector Cardinal Pell … Why ?
Liberal Senator Bill Heffernan claimed in Parliament on Tuesday (19/10/15) that he has a police list of 28 prominent people that includes a former Prime Minister and current judges that are suspected of being paedophiles.
This is dynamite and an issue that will not go away until it is dealt with in full in an open and public manner.
There is enough detail in Senator Heffernan’s allegations to make them very credible. Some of the details are:
The list “formed part of police documents that had been “signed off” by Gary Crooke, QC, the former senior counsel assisting NSW’s Wood royal commission into police corruption in the 1990s. Mr Crooke declined to comment when contacted by Fairfax Media on Tuesday.”
The list includes a former Australian Prime Minister, judges, members of the legal fraternity and others.
“Every Commonwealth attorney-general since Philip Ruddock had seen the list”. This seems to have been confirmed by Philip Ruddock (2003) and Former Labor Attorney-General Mark Dreyfus.(2013)
Senator Heffernan “accused former royal commissioner Justice James Roland Wood of refusing to investigate lawyers who had allegedly attended a Kings Cross “boy brothel”.
The name of the club was Costellos and was a known “boy brothel” attended by members of the Sydney legal fraternity. (Click here to read more)
Former Royal Commissioner Wood denied the allegations by Senator Heffernan, but not outright.
“Mr Wood could not recall if the alleged list had been raised at the 1995 commission but said: “I reject that we failed to investigate anyone that fell within our terms of reference.”
That is a very weak denial by Mr Wood and allows him plenty of wriggle room to change his story later down the track if needed.
Former Australian Prime Ministers
“In October 2012, Labour MP Tom Watson stood up in the British House of Commons and lobbed a grenade – metaphorically speaking.”
“Tapping a sheaf of paper in his hands, he told the Prime Minister that police had – or used to have – a file of evidence containing “clear intelligence suggesting a powerful paedophile network linked to Parliament and No. 10″.” (Click here to read more)
Tom Watson’s 2012 address to the UK parliament sparked a number of inquires that continue as of today. Then there is the Jimmy Savile scandal which resulted in the ongoing paedophile investigation Operation Yewtree which also helped catch Rolf Harris.
Then there is Prince Andrew’s links to a paedophile network and allegations he is a paedophile. (Click here to read more) With what is happening in the UK and given Senator’s Heffernan’s police list it is very conceivable that there is a paedophile ring at the highest levels of government in Australia.
Suspected paedophiles is the judiciary / legal fraternity. Some examples are:
Suspected paedophile Judge Garry Neilson
In July 2014 I wrote an article titled: “Has Judge Garry Neilson outed himself for being a paedophile given he implied incest and paedophilia are OK?” (Click here to read more)
In December 2015 I wrote a follow-up article: “Premier Mike Baird & Chief Justice Bathurst fail to act on paedophile supporter Judge Garry Neilson” (Click here to read more)
So where is it at now? Judge Garry Neilson received nothing more than a reprimand and continues to work as a judge. (Click here to read more) That’s the judicial and political system at work protecting their own.
Paedophile protector and former NSW Attorney-General Greg Smith. Currently a barrister
In 2012 Greg Smith who was then the NSW Attorney-General attacked the credibility of child victim of Father Finian Egan who is Mr Smith’s friend. Greg Smith said she was only after money in an attempt to defend Father Egan. I wrote an article titled“Protecting paedophiles the judicial way. Justice Ken Taylor and the Attorney General Greg Smith.” (Click here to read)
Father Finian Egan was convicted of being a paedophile in 2013 and sentenced to 8 years jail with a minimum of 4 years for abusing numerous girls.
Tony Abbott and George Brandis
In July 2015 I wrote a post titled: “Tony Abbott and Brandis both secretly met with paedophile protector Cardinal George Pell. Why?” The title says it all and raises many questions.
In just the 3 examples above we have numerous people with serious questions to answer which should be done at a judicial inquiry specifically for the legal fraternity. Some of those questions are:
- So why did Greg Smith attack one of the victims in an attempt to defend a paedophile and should Greg Smith be allowed to work as a barrister?
- Why has Premier Baird allowed Judge Garry Neilson, who at best is sick and demented, to continue to work as a judge?
- Given the list Senator Heffernan has relates to alleged paedophiles in NSW why has Premier Baird been totally silent on the issue?
Then there is regular stories in the media about paedophiles getting reduced sentences, suspended sentences and bail when they have pleaded guilty.
The judges and prosecutors who do this or allow it to happen need investigating.
A dangerous game for Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull if he fails to act
The matter cannot be swept under the carpet and has to be investigated as it won’t go away until it is dealt with the same as it hasn’t gone away in Britain. If PM Turnbull tries to cover it up then he owns it and is part of the problem. To be left as it is will smear the name of all former Prime Ministers and eventually at least one or two of them will demand an inquiry you would think.
There is a lot more to come in this story. It’s just a matter of time.
Tony Abbott and Brandis both secretly met with paedophile protector George Pell Why?
Federal Attorney-General Senator George Brandis QC secretly met with known paedophile protector and alleged paedophile Cardinal George Pell in May this year. It was only reported on Monday (20/7/15) because Brandis has spent the last 3 months trying to conceal it.
It is almost identical to Tony Abbott lying in an interview in 2004 on the ABC’s 7.30 Report about a secret meeting he had with George Pell before the 2004 Federal Election.
George Brandis should have never been anywhere near George Pell for many reasons. Not the least of which is that Pell is a sick and perverted person and a key witness at the $500 million Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Sexual Abuse.
It causes major headaches for a lot of people including Prime Minister Tony Abbott who is also a long-time friend of Cardinal Pell. I find it impossible to believe that George Brandis would have met with Cardinal Pell without Tony Abbott’s knowledge and approval. Be that as it may, Prime Minister Abbott certainly knows about the meeting now and has said nothing which also suggests he has known for a long time.
The problem will not be going away as many sexual abuse victims are very upset about it and George Pell is due to give evidence at the Royal Commission again sometime before Christmas. It is guaranteed that Pell will be asked about the May meeting with Brandis when he is next at the Royal Commission and that will raise further questions for Brandis and Tony Abbott.
Channel Ten Report on Monday 20/7/15
(Click anywhere on the above video to watch)
Channel 10 have a slightly longer report on their website where at the beginning they talk about Pell being accused of protecting paedophiles and at the end about Brandis’ office “only disclosing the lunch after persistent enquiries from Channel 10″. (Click here to watch)
George Brandis knew he should not be meeting with George Pell
It is not like George Brandis did not know Pell was a witness at the Royal Commission. Pell already gave evidence in March and August last year and was put on notice in May this year that he would be required for further evidence later this year.
Also, when the Royal Commission makes recommendations to the government Brandis will be having a substantial say in what recommendations they will implement. As a QC Brandis is fully aware that he should never have met with George Pell for legal reasons such as perceived bias.
Tony Abbott’s friendship with George Pell and the Liberal Party connection
In September 2013 I wrote the below in an article :
“Tony Abbott and George Pell have a history of working together in politics. Before the 2004 election Tony Abbott gave an infamous interview on the ABC’s Lateline where he was caught lying and deceiving in relation to a meeting with George Pell. A couple of days after the meeting George Pell was a signatory to a letter criticising the Labor Party.” (Click here to read more) Below is the video showing Tony Abbott lying.
(Click anywhere on the above video to watch) (For the longer transcript version click here)
Given Tony Abbott has previous history of telling a lie trying to conceal a meeting with George Pell did he tell George Brandis to try and conceal his meeting with Pell?
Questions that need to be answered regarding the George Brandis / Cardinal George Pell meeting
What does Abbott know about the meeting? What did Brandis say to Pell at the meeting? Did Brandis say to Pell that there is no need for Pell to worry as any negative recommendations by the Royal Commission against Pell and the Church will be swept under the carpet? Did Brandis pass on any messages to Pell from Tony Abbott at the lunch or pass on any message to Tony Abbott from Pell after the lunch?
Give credit where it is due
It must be noted that in September 2014 at the request of the Royal Commission the Federal Government led by Prime Minister Tony Abbott extended the Royal Commission for 2 years until 2017. (Click here to read more)
Alleged paedophile George Pell and his support for paedophile priests
Confessed paedophile Gerard Ridsdale and his supporter George Pell go to court
This article is not about George Pell and his recent actions are well-known so I won’t go too in-depth but his background is highly relevant to the article so I will cover a few parts. George Pell supported serial paedophile Gerard Ridsdale even when he was facing criminal charges as the above photo shows.
I wrote an article in March last year regarding Pell’s evidence at the Royal Commission which starts off:
“Cardinal George Pell, who was investigated in 2002 for sexually assaulting a 12 year-old-boy in 1961, gave evidence yesterday (24/3/14) at the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Sexual Abuse. It is a bit rich to call what came out of George’s mouth “evidence” given almost every second word would have to classified as perjury.” (Click her to read more)
(Click anywhere on the above video to watch)
Another article I wrote in September 2013 which has a lot of background information is titled “Tony Abbott and his friend Cardinal George Pell. Perceived bias for the Royal Commission into child sex abuse“ (Click here to read)
Is George Brandis a paedophile?
As we now know paedophilia goes to the highest levels of government in England so when members of parliament act as strange and in the circumstances that Brandis has I think it fair to ask the question about them.
Brandis is divorced with 2 children and his own sexuality is the subject of rumour or at least that is what the Sydney Morning Herald said in an article in 2013.
“Those who know him well insist occasional gossip about Brandis’s sexuality is baseless.” And “Don Markwell says he and Brandis have discussed sex only once in more than 40 years of friendship.” (Click here to read more)
I would like to know what those rumours are and whether or not a dodgy meeting with Pell is relevant.
The only rumour that I know of is that George Brandis is gay and was caught in bed with another man at university. If that is true who cares and he wouldn’t be the first gay person to get married and have children. But maybe the other rumours are a lot more than that.
Why George Brandis met with Cardinal Pell and why he tried to cover it up is unknown so all we can do is speculated to try to get to the truth and so we should as it is disgusting and needs to be exposed.
There will be suspicion about anyone who meets with George Pell. Even worse if they are the Federal Attorney-General
Everyone knows that the Catholic Church are protecting paedophiles on a huge scale. Now and in the past. I wouldn’t go anywhere near George Pell in a million years unless it was to try to expose his criminal conduct further.
George Brandis as put the credibility of the $500 million tax payer funded Royal Commission in jeopardy. Brandis having lunch with Cardinal George Pell has given credibility to a person who will go down in history as one of the biggest paedophile protectors the world has ever seen.
Time for action
Tony Abbott and Brandis need to come clean now. The longer they wait the worse it will become. The above story is dynamite waiting to go off and it will sometime in the not too distant future I expect.
If this was a court case afoot the first question people would ask is: Has George Brandis and/or Tony Abbott interfered in the administration of justice. The Royal Commission isn’t a court case but it is the next best thing and people will be wondering for a long time if Brandis and/or Abbott have interfered with it. At least until they say what happened at the meeting with Brandis and Pell.
Please help promote this post and use the Twitter, Facebook and email etc. buttons below.
You can follow this website by free email notification at the top right of this page and about twice a week you will be notified when there is a new article published.
This website is independent and reliant on donations to keep publishing. If you would like to support the continuance of this site please click on the button below to donate via PayPal or go to the donations page for other donation
PAEDOPHILIA IS A SILENT SINISTER PANDEMIC
Wed 11 Dec 2013 12:00:27 pm/348 COMMENTS
Not many things can surprise me. I’ve been around a long while and have done just about everything so, after broaching the subject of paedophilia and having had a thousand wicked stories of child abuse hit my desk, I sat here gobsmacked thinking all this just can’t be true!
So I rang everyone I knew, and some I didn’t know, who worked in the field of broken lives. “Surely this can’t be true?” I asked.
“Can I talk off the record?”, was one response. “You don’t know the half of it”, was another. “Just don’t go there, Larry.”
I was actually being told by people who should know that it was indeed true.
So, in disbelief, I put up a poll on Pickering Post asking: “Have you ever been indecently interfered with as a child? YES or NO.” I thought maybe 3 or 4 percent would say yes.
For 24 hours the YES answer has been hovering around a staggering 30 per cent.
There is no reason for thousands of people to lie about something that would have adversely affected their lives.
There is something seriously wrong here but the polling seems to confirm what is on my desk and in my inbox.
No sooner do I think, “Well, that information MUST be a load of bullshit”, a mountain of corroborating evidence from credible sources follows it! My nose for bullshit is obviously faulty.
I don’t let my three youngsters near churches or scout halls or that dodgy bloke up the street, so I have done my job. Crumbs, have I? I clearly haven’t!
This canker permeates every level of society, it knows no demographic.
The judiciary, parliaments, the aristocracy, the entertainment industry is riddled with it, there is no corner where a child is safe from these extremely clever predators.
What is it in the (mostly male) genetic makeup that craves sexual dominance over an innocent child? Time for some lateral thinking:
Historically, parts of Europe, all of the Middle East and much of the Asian sub continent openly practised this bastardry.
It is commonplace among Aboriginal and probably most African tribes.
South American cultures included their children in sacrificial ceremonies.
Sophisticated networks and cells of paedophiles still operate freely within the West. There are influential groups here in Australia advocating under-age sex be legalised.
These people are not from disadvantaged or oddball groups… they are names, big names, household names!
They are intelligent people and smart enough to avoid prosecution.
They dabble in the occult and use LSD to ensure a child can never be a credible witness.
Royal Commissions may well pinpoint myriad instances of child abuse, but try prosecuting the perpetrators.
It’s not that easy when the child has been mentally manipulated and thirty years later the criminal is dead.
How many little lives are being ruined tonight?
Larry Pickering Four-time Walkley Award winning political commentator and Churchill Fellow, has returned to the fray over concern that the integrity of news dissemination is continually being threatened by a partisan media.
Dead Sandy Hook Teacher Found Alive- Turned Transgender- Living As a Man
This “Crisis Actor” channel has done some amazing investigating and has pretty much solved many of the major questions about Sandy Hook (that the kids came from the School of Rock, the connection with Debbie Wasserman Shultz, who the kids at the Super Bowl were, etc). If you want to know more about Sandy Hook and how it was all set up I highly recommend going through his videos and listening to his info. It truly is a gold mine.
“We are all an involuntary part of a social revolution, where political parties feel entitled to take ownership of our individual rights to real and personal property, and where our civil and political rights are abused and overridden by the many politically created entities within the Australian Government System.”
Nothing on this website is offered as legal advice.
French Monsanto research site damaged in suspected arson attack
RENNES, France (Reuters) – A Monsanto research centre in western France suffered heavy fire damage in a suspected arson attack early Wednesday morning, the official in charge of the site said.
The official, Jakob Witten, said police investigators “strongly suspect it was a crime as no electrical or other sources were found.”
The fire was ignited from two different places at the site, where about 10 people work and which is specialised in maize research. The smell of petrol lingered near the building, which had heavy damage in its reception hall and offices.
“No Monsanto sites in Europe have so far been the victim of fires of criminal origin, this is unprecedented violence,” Witten said.
The U.S. agribusiness group is the frequent target of criticism in France over concerns about genetically modified crops it has developed.
The government said last month it would use a new European opt-out scheme to ensure a ban on the cultivation of GM crops in France remains in place.
(Reporting by; Pierre-Henri Allain; writing by Leigh Thomas)
Hillary Clinton now fleeing the public and reporters after being outed as Bride of Frankenfoods
by: Daniel Barker
(NaturalNews) There are a number of very good reasons why Hillary Clinton should never be elected president. The Democratic front-runner for the 2016 presidential election has been embroiled in so many scandals, it’s not easy to know where to start. The Benghazi fiasco? Emailgate? The revelations published in the recently released book titled Clinton Cash that prove just how corrupt she and hubby Bill really are?
No wonder she’s dodging the press…
But there’s an even bigger issue, one that may be the real reason why she hasn’t been answering any questions from journalists in more than a month and is now going to great lengths to hide from reporters.
Hillary has been outed as the “Bride of Frankenfoods” — her cozy relationship with Monsanto, a company widely regarded (and rightly so) as “the most evil corporation on the planet.”
It has been revealed that Hillary Clinton has extremely close ties with Monsanto and that she supports GMO agriculture. This isn’t really news, because her ties to the industry go all the way back to when she worked at the Rose Law Firm in Arkansas, which represented Monsanto and other “Big Ag” corporations.
Her alliances with Monsanto and GMOs didn’t stop there, either. Monsanto and Dow Chemicals (Dow is another one of the heavy hitters in the Frankenfood industry) have each made huge contributions to the Clinton Foundation.
From The Washington Times:
Big ag… has been a big donor to the Clinton Foundation, the family charity at the center of pay-to-play accusations involving foreign donors while Mrs. Clinton ran the State Department.
Monsanto gave the foundation between $501,250 and $1 million. Dow Chemical Company, which is among the top GMO players, gave between $1 million and $5 million, according to financial disclosures by the Clinton Foundation.
And that’s not all — Hillary Clinton’s top campaign staffer in Iowa, Jerry Crawford, is a former Monsanto lobbyist.
Starting to get the picture?
If not, take this next fact into consideration: Only last year, Hillary Clinton made a paid speech at a San Diego biotech convention in which she advised the industry to give its products an “image makeover,” as reported by The Washington Times.
One excerpt from the speech has Clinton telling the audience — which was made up of GMO industry executives and investors — to choose their terminology more wisely:
“Genetically modified“ sounds Frankensteinish. “Drought-resistant“ sounds like something you’d want. Be more careful so you don’t raise that red flag immediately.
That passage alone should be enough to convince you that Hillary Clinton not only is more than willing to kowtow to the GMO industry but is also ready to engage in whatever devious verbal subterfuge it takes to ram the Frankenfood agenda right down our collective throats.
It’s sickening, don’t you agree?
Make no mistake about it: Hillary Clinton is not the champion of the downtrodden masses, as she would like everyone to believe. She is a corporatist candidate whose mission is to further the interests of the elites, and particularly the agendas of Monsanto and others in the biotech industry.
A vote for Hillary is a vote for Monsanto. And now that this fact is becoming clear to those who blindly supported her (such as the liberal females who rightly are against GMOs, but who didn’t know the “real” Hillary until now), they are ditching her in droves and withdrawing their support for her candidacy.
No wonder she has been avoiding reporters. And though it may benefit her at the moment to do exactly that, she can’t run from the press and public scrutiny forever if she is serious about getting elected.
It will be interesting to see what happens next, now that she has been outed as the Bride of Frankenfoods. Are American voters really dumbed down and apathetic enough to vote her into office anyway? I certainly hope not…
(ED: 2st published 29 June 2015)
Submitted by Tyler Durden
There’s a privacy destroying bill moving through Congress called the Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act, or CISA, and it’s imperative that the American public stop it in its tracks. Here are a few bullet points on the bill from Fight for the Future:
- All privacy policies effectively null and void. Companies can share any private user data with the government, without a warrant, as long as the government says it is being used for a “cybersecurity” purpose.
- In exchange, companies are given blanket immunity from civil and criminal laws, like fraud, money laundering, or illegal wiretapping (if a violation was committed or exposed in the process of sharing data).
- Data is shared with a wide array of government agencies, from the FBI and NSA, to the IRS and local law enforcement. Many of these agencies have been breached within the last year and have outdated security systems, opening up the doors to even more cyber attacks.
- Companies that play along can get otherwise classified intelligence data from the government, including private information about their competitors.
While the Constitution protects Americans from the federal government, private companies don’t care about your 4th Amendment rights, particularly if you waive them in a “terms of service” agreement. CISA would essentially allow the U.S. government to violate the U.S. Constitution by coercing companies to provide them with data on American citizens it would not otherwise be allowed to collect on its own.
Naturally, Washington D.C. is salivating over the prospect of such a bill. As the Hill notes:
But many industry groups, a large bipartisan coalition of lawmakers and the White House believe CISA is a needed first step to help better understand and repel the overseas cyberattacks plaguing both government and the private sector.
Of course, it’s the people who know absolutely nothing about technology, but who are experts in the art of abusing government power and accepting bribes, who are most in favor of CISA.
Meanwhile, many large tech companies have publicly come out against the bill.
But look which one is missing from the list. The company with the most extensive database of all, and one with a history of egregious privacy abuses: Facebook.
Fight for the Future notes:
Mark Zuckerberg once called Facebook users “dumb f*cks” for trusting him with their data. Now he’s trying to take advantage of us. If CISA passes, all your photos, posts, relationships, and likes will have a path to government databases.
It didn’t make any sense. This bill is toxic. The public hates it and tons of tech companies are against it, but Congress keeps trying to ram it through. Now that we know that Facebook lobbyists are working behind the scenes to get it passed, it makes more sense why Congress keeps coming back to it.
Facebook’s chief Senate lobbyist, Myriah Jordan, worked as General Counsel for CISA’s sponsor, Senator Richard Burr, right up until taking the job at Facebook. On her lobbying disclosures she lists “cybersecurity” as one of the issues she’s been discussing with senators. These “revolving door” connections give companies more power and influence than ordinary people could ever have, and it’s part of the reason why companies like Facebook think they can get whatever they want out of Washington.
Several offices on the Hill have heard from Facebook that they support CISA. As much as we wish we could reveal our sources, we agreed not to (selective leaking is part of how the lobbying game works, unfortunately). But this information matches with everything we know about Facebook’s love for CISA over the years. They backed the bill loudly before it was unpopular and then stayed silent as other big tech companies came out against it. We’ve asked them to state their position publicly, but they have said nothing. Facebook has backed this from day one, and now they’re the lone tech voice still working to make sure it passes.
Facebook wants CISA because they want immunity from privacy lawsuits, but if companies like Apple, Twitter, and Reddit can do the right thing by their users and oppose CISA, Facebook can too.
Now here’s what Edward Snowden had to say about the entire affair:
Forced child marriages in Australia: ‘they’re being groomed from the moment they’re born’
Jasvinder’s sister, Robina, committed suicide by setting herself on fire. Picture: supplied.
AT JUST eight years old, as she innocently spent her days between school and her family home in England, Jasvinder Sanghera’s parents secretly promised their young daughter’s hand in marriage to a strange man in India.
Jasvinder was none the wiser. She was just a little girl with only innocent things on her mind.
But as the years rolled by and she watched her older sisters pulled out of school when they reached their teens and sent off to marry men they had only ever seen in a single photograph, she started to realise her destiny had already been sealed.
“I watched at least two of my seven sisters being taken out of a classroom to marry men in India,” Jasvinder told news.com.au. Jasvinder said her sisters “disappeared” but that no one questioned their disappearance.
“My sister Robina was missing from her education for nine months and suddenly returned and was put in my year to catch up. But she was someone’s wife, she had a wedding ring on her finger and wasn’t allowed to wear western dress or integrate.
“I was born in Britain but my father was from India … the professionals were too afraid to ask the question for fear of offending … no one wanted to be called a racist.”
The moment Jasvinder had been dreading most finally arrived one day when she returned home from school, aged 14.
Her mother asked her to sit down in the lounge room.
“My mother presented me a photograph of a man I learned I had been promised to at the age of eight,” she said.
“I said ‘I’m not marrying a stranger, I want to go to school, I was born in Britain’.
“My mother made it clear none of that mattered in the place I was going and that she had only sent me to school because of the law.
“I protested and as a result I was taken out of school and held prisoner in my home.
“My parents put padlocks on my bedroom door and my mother, father and sisters all watched the door to make sure I didn’t leave home until I agreed to the marriage.
“I was missing school but I knew if the teachers called my parents would just give an Oscar winning performance and say I was unwell, or being educated at home or abroad.
“I attempted suicide once, I took an overdose, but they wouldn’t let me go to the hospital for medical attention.
“They gave me coffee and walked me up and down and made me put my fingers down my throat until I was sick because of the fear I would tell someone.
“In the end I agreed to the marriage while planning my escape.”
When Jasvinder was 16, she overheard her mother on the phone booking her ticket to India to marry the man she had never met.
“I ran away,” she said.
“Forced marriage means you are giving your child to a stranger to rape on their wedding night.
“I was missing my family and I wanted to go home, because I’d lost everything I’d ever known.
“I rang them and wanted them to say ‘we see your point, come home, you don’t have to marry this stranger’.
“But instead, when I rang, my mother said ‘you either come home and marry who we say or from this day forward you are dead in our eyes’.
“I told her I would not marry and she said ‘I hope you give birth to a daughter like you and then you will know what it’s like to raise a prostitute’.”
Jasvinder said going against her family was a difficult choice to make.
“My family disowned me,” she said.
“It wasn’t just my parents, it was aunties and uncles and such a wider network.
“Imagine never seeing a family member ever again, even though they’re alive, and feeling it was your fault.
“They make you feel you’re the perpetrator.”
Despite the difficulties she experienced, Jasvinder, who now has three children and a grandson, has never regretted her decision to escape.
“My children will never inherit that legacy of abuse because of that decision I made when I was 16,” she said.
One of Jasvinder’s older sisters, Robina, wasn’t so lucky. Robina was severely abused physically and mentally by her husband who left her “black and blue”. Trapped in a forced marriage and told by her parents that she’d be disowned if she left, Robina set herself on fire and committed suicide.
Jasvinder set up an organisation, Karma Nirvana and hotline in her sister’s honour for victims of forced marriage and honour killings in the United Kingdom. She has become an international advocate and author of three books on forced marriage and is currently in Australia to speak on about her experiences in Adelaide, Melbourne and Sydney.
Jasvinder said forced marriage involving children was rampant around the world and also present in Australia.
“We get victims in Australia calling my hotline all the time seeking support, it’s only been set up for British citizens, but there isn’t a helpline in Australia except for a police one that a lot of people are too scared to call,” she said.
“It’s a widespread issue in Australia we just don’t see young children being groomed by their parents to marry strange men because we’re oblivious.
“The reality is many of them are being groomed from the moment they’re born.
“The children are usually married in nonlegal ceremonies or taken to their parents’ home countries to marry the men their relatives choose for them and we look at their families thinking they appear protected and don’t notice anything else because we’re not looking for it.”
Anti Slavery Australia director, Jennifer Burn said she was currently assisting “about 70 clients”, all victims of human trafficking, many aged under 18 years.
“They are fairly representative of the men and women who have been trafficked to Australia from the Asia Pacific region,” Ms Burn told news.com.au
“We are seeing an emerging caseload involving Australians who might be in a forced marriage situation.” Ms Burn said there were “no reliable statistics” on forced marriage in Australia. “Forced marriage is a slavery-like practice,” she said.
Ms Burn said many underage forced marriages were conducted “outside of the Marriage Act”. “They might be cultural or religious marriages,” she said.
“We have obligations in international and Australian law to prevent forced marriages and to protect those involved.”
The Australian Federal Police (AFP) has investigated 20 matters of suspected forced marriage in Australia from January 1 to September 30 this year.
Eight were in NSW, seven in Victoria, four in Queensland and one in South Australia
Eleven of the investigations involved persons under the age of 18 years.
“No charges or convictions have been recorded out of these investigations at this time,” an AFP spokesman said.
“Forced marriage matters can be particularly challenging to investigate and prosecute for a number of reasons”.
“Investigations are lengthy and complex; Prosecutions rely heavily on victim testimony but victims and witnesses can be reluctant to give evidence due to fear of reprisals and shame, and; the clandestine nature of the crime type results in apprehension by witnesses/victims in making initial contact with authorities,” the AFP said.
Earlier this month the Herald Sun reported foreign clerics had been visiting Australia to illegally marry off under-age girls, according to allegations raised with the Federal Government.
The AFP investigated allegations of 42 forced marriages, including 32 involving children, between March 2013 and August this year. Seven child bride cases were in Victoria.
It is understood the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions is considering charges in a number of cases.
And allegations were raised with the Attorney-General’s department early this year that clerics had been “entering Australia in order to conduct marriages of under-age girls”, according to documents released under Freedom of Information laws.
The AFP’s human trafficking team said it had no such evidence, but would not clarify if any of its 42 inquiries involved such allegations.
The visas of up to 20 clerics have been cancelled in the past 2.5 years for fear they would disrupt community harmony or incite violence, or because their credentials were bogus.
Since 2013, 140 religious worker visas have been cancelled or withdrawn.
According to the FOI documents, marriages of so-called “jihadi brides” to Islamic State terrorists could be nullified.
“Australia’s existing forced marriage offences capture a range of marriage and marriage-like relationships, and can apply where the victim is taken overseas to be married, or where an Australian citizen or resident is involved in forcing a person to be married overseas,” a briefing states.
“The existing and amended offences could apply to so-called ‘jihadi brides’ if they did not consent to a marriage because of coercion, threat or deception (under the existing offences), or because they did not understand the nature and effect of a marriage ceremony (under the amendments).”
Forced marriage offences carry a jail term of up to four years, or seven years if the victim is under 18, and 25 years if a minor is trafficked overseas.
The AFP encourages victims of human trafficking or those that have information regarding human trafficking to contact the AFP on 131 AFP (131237) or email Victim-Based-Crime@afp.gov.au.
JFK to 911 Everything Is A Rich Man’s Trick
“Every single adult knows there is one set of laws for the rich and another set for the rest”.
YouTube Channel: Everything Is A Rich Man’s Trick
Must Watch Video!
The who, how & why of the JFK assassination. Taken from an historical perspective starting around world war 1 leading to present day. We hope after watching this video you will know more about what happened in the past and how the world is run today.
Covert Plot That Altered The U.S. Constitution Exposed: The Missing 13th Amendment
THE MILLENNIUM REPORT: Reporting the Most Important News in the World Today
The Missing 13th Amendment: “No Lawyers Allowed In Public Office”
TMR Editor’s Note:
Should this British conspiracy to subjugate the USA, which was directly responsible for the excising of the original 13th Amendment ever become common knowledge, virtually the entire U.S. Congress would be deemed illegitimate. In view of the current state of Congressional affairs, it’s no wonder that lawyers and attorneys could not be trusted to responsibly handle the people’s business. Their loyalties have always lied elsewhere.
It’s now a well-known fact of life that the legal class of the USA has degenerated into the most untrustworthy and treasonous, deceitful and dishonest. This certain eventuality was deeply feared by the Founding Fathers of the American Republic. It was for this very reason that the original 13th Amendment was carefully deliberated and legally ratified. However, it was then unlawfully removed from the U.S. Constitution “during the tumult of the Civil War” (after being completely ignored for decades). As follows:
*CAVEAT: It is because lawyers and attorneys formally registered with the BAR (British Accredited Registry) that they could not be trusted to hold public office in the USA. By implicitly pledging their allegience to an entity of a foreign government, they could not be trusted to act in the best interest of the American Republic or its citizens.
The Missing 13th Amendment:
*No Lawyers Allowed In Public Office*
13th Amendment — Missing
Written by David M. Dodge, Researcher
In the winter of 1983, archival research expert David Dodge, and former Baltimore police investigator Tom Dunn, were searching for evidence of government corruption in public records stored in the Belfast Library on the coast of Maine.
By chance, they discovered the library’s oldest authentic copy of the Constitution of the United States (printed in 1825). Both men were stunned to see this document included a 13th Amendment that no longer appears on current copies of the Constitution. Moreover, after studying the Amendment’s language and historical context, they realized the principle intent of this “missing” 13th Amendment was to prohibit lawyers from serving in government. So began a seven year, nationwide search for the truth surrounding the most bizarre Constitutional puzzle in American history — the unlawful removal of a ratified Amendment from the Constitution of the United States.
Since 1983, Dodge and Dunn have uncovered additional copies of the Constitution with the “missing” 13th Amendment printed in at least eighteen separate publications by ten different states and territories over four decades from 1822 to 1860. In June of this year (1991), Dodge uncovered the evidence that this missing 13th Amendment had indeed been lawfully ratified by the state of Virginia and was therefore an authentic Amendment to the American Constitution. If the evidence is correct and no logical errors have been made, a 13th Amendment restricting lawyers from serving in government was ratified in 1819 and removed from the U.S. Constitution during the tumult of the Civil War.
Since the Amendment was never lawfully repealed, it is still the Law today. The implications are enormous.
The story of this “missing” Amendment is complex and at times confusing because the political issues and vocabulary of the American Revolution were different from our own. However, there are essentially two issues: What does the Amendment mean? and, Was the Amendment ratified? Before we consider the issue of ratification, we should first understand the Amendment’s meaning and consequent current relevance.
MEANING of the 13th Amendment
The “missing” 13th Amendment to the Constitution of the United States reads as follows:
“If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall without the consent of
Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.”
At the first reading, the meaning of this 13th Amendment (also called the “title of nobility” Amendment) seems obscure; unimportant. The references to “nobility,” “honour,” “emperor,” “king,” and “prince,” lead us to dismiss this Amendment as a petty post-revolution act of spite directed against the British monarchy. The U.S. modern world of Lady Di and Prince Charles, make anti-royalist sentiments seem so archaic and quaint, that the Amendment can be ignored.
Not so. Consider some evidence of its historical significance: First, “titles of nobility” were prohibited in both Article VI of the
Articles of Confederation (1777) and in Article I, Sections 9 and 10 of the Constitution of the United States (1787);
Second, although already prohibited by the Constitution, an additional “title of nobility” amendment was proposed in 1789, again in 1810, and according to Dodge, finally ratified in 1819. Clearly, the founding fathers saw such a serious threat in “titles of nobility” and “honors” that anyone receiving them would forfeit their citizenship. Since the government prohibited “titles of nobility” several times over four decades, and went through the amending process (even though “titles of nobility” were already prohibited by the Constitution), it’s obvious that the Amendment carried much more significance for our founding fathers than is readily apparent today.
To understand the meaning of this “missing” 13th Amendment, we must understand its historical context — the era surrounding the American Revolution. We tend to regard the notion of “Democracy” as benign, harmless, and politically unremarkable. But at the time of the American Revolution, King George III and the other monarchies of Europe saw Democracy as an unnatural, ungodly ideological threat, every bit as dangerously radical as Communism was once regarded by modern Western nations. Just as the 1917 Communist Revolution in Russia spawned other revolutions around the world, the American Revolution provided an example and incentive for people all over the world to overthrow their European monarchies.
Even though the Treaty of Paris ended the Revolutionary War in 1783, the simple fact of our existence threatened the monarchies. The United States stood as a heroic role model for other nations, that inspired them to also struggle against oppressive monarchies. The French Revolution (1789-1799) and the Polish national uprising (1794) were in part encouraged by the American Revolution. Though we stood like a beacon of hope for most of the world, the monarchies regarded the United States as a political typhoid
Mary, the principle source of radical democracy that was destroying monarchies around the world. The monarchies must have realized that if the principle source of that infection could be destroyed, the rest of the world might avoid the contagion and the monarchies would be saved. Their survival at stake, the monarchies sought to destroy or subvert the American system of government. Knowing they couldn’t destroy us militarily, they resorted to more covert methods of political subversion, employing spies and secret agents skilled in bribery and legal deception — it was, perhaps, the first “cold war”. Since governments run on money, politicians run for money, and money is the usual enticement to commit treason, much of the monarchy’s counter- revolutionary efforts emanated
from English banks.
DON’T BANK ON IT (Modern Banking System)
The essence of banking was once explained by Sir Josiah Stamp, a former president of the Bank of England:”The modern banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented. Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sin… Bankers own the earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money to buy it back again… Take this great power away from them, or if you want to continue to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.”
The last great abuse of the U.S. banking system caused the depression of the 1930’s. Today’s abuses may cause another. Current S&L and bank scandals illustrate the on-going relationships between banks, lawyers, politicians, and government agencies (look at the current BCCI bank scandal, involving lawyer Clark Clifford, politician Jimmy Carter, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and even the CIA).
These scandals are the direct result of years of law-breaking by an alliance of bankers and lawyers using their influence and money to corrupt the political process and rob the public. (Think you’re not being robbed? Guess who’s going to pay the bill for the excesses of the S&L’s, U.S.-taxpayer? You are.) The systematic robbery of productive individuals by parasitic bankers and
lawyers is not a recent phenomenon. This abuse is a human tradition that predates the Bible and spread from Europe to America despite early colonial prohibitions.
When the first United States Bank was chartered by Congress in 1790, there were only three state banks in existence. At one time, banks were prohibited by law in most states because many of the early settlers were all too familiar with the practices of the European goldsmith banks. Goldsmith banks were safe-houses used to store client’s gold. In exchange for the deposited gold, customers were issued notes (paper money) which were redeemable in gold. The goldsmith bankers quickly succumbed to the temptation to issue “extra” notes, (unbacked by gold). Why? Because the “extra” notes enriched the bankers by allowing them to buy property with notes for gold that they did not own, gold that did not even exist. Colonists knew that bankers occasionally printed too much paper money, found themselves over-leveraged, and caused a “run on the bank”. If the bankers lacked sufficient gold to meet the demand, the paper money became worthless and common citizens left holding the paper were ruined. Although over-leveraged bankers were sometime hung, the bankers continued printing extra money to increase their fortunes at the expense of the productive members of society. (The practice continues to this day, and offers “sweetheart” loans to bank insiders, and even provides the foundation for deficit spending and the U.S. Federal government’s unbridled growth.)
If the colonists forgot the lessons of goldsmith bankers, the American Revolution refreshed their memories. To finance the war, Congress authorized the printing of continental bills of credit in an amount not to exceed $200,000,000. The States issued another $200,000,000 in paper notes. Ultimately, the value of the paper money fell so low that they were soon traded on speculation from 5000 to 1000 paper bills for one coin. It’s often suggested that the U.S. Constitution’s prohibition against a paper economy — “No State shall… make any Thing but gold and silver Coin a tender in Payment of Debts” — was a tool of the wealthy to be worked to the disadvantage of all others. But only in a “paper” economy can money reproduce itself and increase the claims of the wealthy at the expense of the productive.
“Paper money,” said Pelatiah Webster, “polluted the equity of our laws, turned them into engines of oppression, corrupted the justice of our public administration, destroyed the fortunes of thousands who had confidence in it, enervated the trade, husbandry, and manufactures of U.S. country, and went far to destroy the morality of U.S. people.”
A few examples of the attempts by the monarchies and banks that almost succeeded in destroying the United States:
According to the Tennessee Laws (1715-1820, vol. II, p. 774), in the 1794 Jay Treaty, the United States agreed to pay 600,000 pounds sterling to King George III, as reparations for the American revolution. The Senate ratified the treaty in secret session and ordered that it not be published. When Benjamin Franklin’s grandson published it anyway, the exposure and resulting public uproar so angered the Congress that it passed the Alien and Sedition Acts (1798) so federal judges could prosecute editors and publishers for reporting the truth about the government. Since we had won the Revolutionary War, why would U.S. Senators agree to pay reparations to the loser? And why would they agree to pay 600,000 pounds sterling, eleven years after the war ended? It doesn’t make sense, especially in light of Senate’s secrecy and later fury over being exposed, unless we assume U.S. Senators had been bribed to serve the British monarchy and betray the American people. That’s subversion.
The United States Bank had been opposed by the Jeffersonians from the beginning, but the Federalists (the pro-monarchy party) won out in its establishment. The initial capitalization was $10,000,000 — 80% of which would be owned by foreign bankers. Since the bank was authorized to lend up to $20,000,000 (double its paid in capital), it was a profitable deal for both the government and the bankers since they could lend, and collect interest on, $10,000,000 that didn’t exist.
However, the European bankers outfoxed the government and by 1796, the government owed the bank $6,200,000 and was forced to sell its shares. (By 1802, the U.S. government owned no stock in the United States Bank.) The sheer power of the banks and their ability to influence representative government by economic manipulation and outright bribery was exposed in 1811, when the people discovered that European banking interests owned 80% of the bank. Congress therefore refused to renew the bank’s charter. This
led to the withdrawal of $7,000,000 in specie by European investors, which in turn, precipitated an economic recession, and the War of 1812. That’s destruction.
There are undoubtedly other examples of the monarchy’s efforts to subvert or destroy the United States; some are common knowledge, others remain to be disclosed to the public. For example, David Dodge discovered a book called “2 VA LAW” in the Library of Congress Law Library. According to Dodge, “This is an un-catalogued book in the rare book section that reveals a plan to overthrow the constitutional government by secret agreements engineered by the lawyers. That is one of the reasons why this Amendment was ratified by Virginia and the notification was lost in the mail. There is no public record that this book exists.” That may sound surprising, but according to The Gazette (5/10/91), “the Library of Congress has 349,402 un-catalogued rare books and 13.9 million un-catalogued rare manuscripts.” There may be secrets buried in that mass of documents even more astonishing than a missing Constitutional Amendment.
TITLES OF NOBILITY
In seeking to rule the world and destroy the United States, bankers committed many crimes. Foremost among these crimes were fraud, conversion, and plain old theft. To escape prosecution for their crimes, the bankers did the same thing any career criminal does. They hired and formed alliances with the best lawyers and judges money could buy. These alliances, originally forged in Europe (particularly in Great Britain), spread to the colonies, and later into the newly formed United States of America.
Despite their criminal foundation, these alliances generated wealth, and ultimately, respectability. Like any modern member of organized crime, English bankers and lawyers wanted to be admired as “legitimate businessmen”. As their criminal fortunes grew so did their usefulness, so the British monarchy legitimized these thieves by granting them “titles of nobility”.
Historically, the British peerage system referred to knights as “Squires” and to those who bore the knight’s shields as “Esquires”. As lances, shields, and physical violence gave way to the more civilized means of theft, the pen grew mightier (and more profitable) than the sword, and the clever wielders of those pens (bankers and lawyers) came to hold titles of nobility. The most common title was “Esquire” (used, even today, by some lawyers).
INTERNATIONAL BAR ASSOCIATION
In Colonial America, attorneys trained attorneys but most held no “title of nobility” or “honor”. There was no requirement that one be a lawyer to hold the position of district attorney, attorney general, or judge; a citizen’s “counsel of choice” was not restricted to a lawyer; there were no state or national bar associations. The only organization that certified lawyers was the International Bar Association (IBA), chartered by the King of England, headquartered in London, and closely associated with the international banking system. Lawyers admitted to the IBA received the rank “Esquire” — a “title of nobility”. “Esquire” was the principle title of nobility which the 13th Amendment sought to prohibit from the United States.
Why? Because the loyalty of “Esquire” lawyers was suspect. Bankers and lawyers with an “Esquire” behind their names were agents of the monarchy, members of an organization whose principle purposes were political, not economic, and regarded with the same wariness that some people today reserve for members of the KGB or the CIA.
Article 1, Sect. 9 of the Constitution sought to prohibit the International Bar Association (or any other agency that granted titles of nobility) from operating in America. But the Constitution neglected to specify a penalty, so the prohibition was ignored, and agents of the monarchy continued to infiltrate and influence the government (as in the Jay Treaty and the US Bank charter incidents). Therefore, a “title of nobility” amendment that specified a penalty (loss of citizenship) was proposed in 1789, and again in 1810. The meaning of the amendment is seen in its intent to prohibit persons having titles of nobility and loyalties to foreign governments and bankers from voting, holding public office, or using their skills to subvert the government.
The missing Amendment is referred to as the “title of nobility” Amendment, but the second prohibition against “honour” (honor), may be more significant.
According to David Dodge, Tom Dunn, and Webster’s Dictionary, the archaic definition of “honor” (as used when the 13th Amendment was ratified) meant anyone “obtaining or having an advantage or privilege over another”. A contemporary example of an “honor” granted to only a few Americans is the privilege of being a judge: Lawyers can be judges and exercise the attendant privileges and powers; non-lawyers cannot.
By prohibiting “honors”, the missing Amendment prohibits any advantage or privilege that would grant some citizens an unequal opportunity to achieve or exercise political power. Therefore, the second meaning (intent) of the 13th Amendment was to ensure political equality among all American citizens, by prohibiting anyone, even government officials, from claiming or exercising a special privilege or power (an “honor”) over other citizens.
If this interpretation is correct, “honor” would be the key concept in the 13th Amendment. Why? Because, while “titles of nobility” may no longer apply in today’s political system, the concept of “honor” remains relevant. For example, anyone who had a specific “immunity” from lawsuits which were not afforded to all citizens, would be enjoying a separate privilege, an “honor”, and would therefore forfeit his right to vote or hold public office. Think of the “immunities” from lawsuits that U.S. judges, lawyers, politicians, and bureaucrats currently enjoy. As another example, think of all the “special interest” legislation the U.S. government passes: “special interests” are simply euphemisms for “special privileges” (honors).
WHAT IF? (Implications if Restored)
If the missing 13th Amendment were restored, “special interests” and “immunities” might be rendered unconstitutional. The prohibition against “honors” (privileges) would compel the entire government to operate under the same laws as the citizens of this nation. Without their current personal immunities (honors), US judges and I.R.S. agents would be unable to abuse common citizens without fear of legal liability. If this 13th Amendment were restored, the entire U.S. Government would have to conduct itself according to the same standards of decency, respect, law, and liability as the rest of the nation. If this Amendment and the term “honor” were applied today, U.S. Government’s ability to systematically coerce and abuse the public would be all but eliminated.
Imagine! A government without special privileges or immunities. How could we describe it? It would be … almost like … a government … of the people … by the people … for the people! Imagine: a government … whose members were truly accountable to the public; a government that could not systematically exploit its own people! It’s unheard of … it’s never been done before. Not ever in the entire history of the world.
Bear in mind that Senator George Mitchell of Maine and the U.S. National Archives concede this 13th Amendment was proposed by Congress in 1810. However, they explain that there were seventeen states when Congress proposed the “title of nobility” Amendment; that ratification required the thirteen states, but since only twelve states supported the Amendment, it was not ratified. The Government Printing Office agrees; it currently prints copies of the Constitution of the United States which include the
“title of nobility” Amendment as proposed, but un-ratified.
Even if this 13th Amendment were never ratified, even if Dodge and Dunn’s research or reasoning is flawed or incomplete, it would still be an extraordinary story. Can you imagine, can you understand how close the US came to having a political paradise, right here on Earth? Do you realize what an extraordinary gift our forebears tried to bequeath us? And how close we came? One vote. One state’s vote.
The federal government concedes that twelve states voted to ratify this Amendment between 1810 and 1812. But they argue that ratification require thirteen states, so the Amendment lays stillborn in history, unratified for lack of a just one more state’s support. One vote. David Dodge, however, says one more state did ratify, and he claims he has the evidence to prove it.
PARADISE LOST, RATIFICATION FOUND
In 1789, the House of Representatives compiled a list of possible Constitutional Amendments, some of which would ultimately become our Bill of Rights. The House proposed seventeen; the Senate reduced the list to twelve. During this process that Senator Tristrain Dalton (Mass.) proposed an Amendment seeking to prohibit and provide a penalty for any American accepting a “title of Nobility” (RG 46 Records of the U.S. Senate). Although it wasn’t passed, this was the first time a “title of nobility” amendment was proposed.
Twenty years later, in January, 1810, Senator Reed proposed another “Title of Nobility” Amendment (History of Congress, Proceedings of the Senate, p. 529-530). On April 27, 1810, the Senate voted to pass this 13th Amendment by a vote of 26 to 1; the House resolved in the affirmative 87 to 3; and the following resolve was sent to the States for ratification:
“If any citizen of the United States shall Accept, claim, receive or retain any title of nobility or honour, or shall, without the consent of
Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.”
The Constitution requires three-quarters of the states to ratify a proposed amendment before it may be added to the Constitution. When Congress proposed the “Title of Nobility” Amendment in 1810, there were states, thirteen of which would have to ratify for the Amendment to be adopted. According to the National Archives, the following is a list of the twelve states that ratified, and their dates of ratification:
Maryland, Dec. 25, 1810
Kentucky, Jan. 31, 1811
Ohio, Jan. 31, 1811
Delaware, Feb. 2, 1811
Pennsylvania, Feb. 6, 1811
New Jersey, Feb. 13, 1811
Vermont, Oct. 24, 1811
Tennessee, Nov. 21, 1811
Georgia, Dec. 13, 1811
North Carolina, Dec. 23, 1811
Massachusetts, Feb. 27, 1812
New Hampshire, Dec. 10, 1812
Before a thirteenth state could ratify, the War of 1812 broke out with England. By the time the war ended in 1814, the British had burned the Capitol, the Library of Congress, and most of the records of the first 38 years of government. Whether there was a connection between the proposed “title of nobility” amendment and the War of 1812 is not known. However, the momentum to ratify the proposed Amendment was lost in the tumult of war.
Then, four years later, on December 31, 1817, the House of Representatives resolved that President Monroe inquire into the status of this Amendment. In a letter dated February 6, 1818, President Monroe reported to the House that the Secretary of State Adams had written to the governors of Virginia, South Carolina and Connecticut to tell them that the proposed Amendment had been ratified by twelve States and rejected by two (New York and Rhode Island), and asked the governors to notify him of their legislature’s position. (House Document No. 76) (This, and other letters written by the President and the Secretary of State during the month of February, 1818, note only that the proposed Amendment had not yet been ratified. However, these letters would later become crucial because, in the absence of additional information they would be interpreted to mean the amendment was never ratified).
On February 28, 1818, Secretary of State Adams reported the rejection of the Amendment by South Carolina. [House Doc. No. 129]. There are no further entries regarding the ratification of the 13th Amendment in the Journals of Congress; whether Virginia ratified is neither confirmed nor denied. Likewise, a search through the executive papers of Governor Preston of Virginia does not reveal any correspondence from Secretary of State Adams. (However, there is a journal entry in the Virginia House that the Governor presented the House with an official letter and documents from Washington within a time frame that conceivably includes receipt of Adams’ letter.) Again, no evidence of ratification; none of denial.
However, on March 10, 1819, the Virginia legislature passed Act No. 280 (Virginia Archives of Richmond, “misc.’ file, p. 299 for micro-film): “Be it enacted by the General Assembly, that there shall be published an edition of the Laws of this Commonwealth in which shall be contained the following matters, that is to say: the Constitution of the united States and the amendments thereto…” This act was the specific legislated instructions on what was, by law, to be included in the re-publication (a special edition) of the Virginia Civil Code. The Virginia Legislature had already agreed that all Acts were to go into effect on the same day — the day that the Act to re-publish the Civil Code was enacted. Therefore, the 13th Amendment’s official date of ratification would be the date of
re-publication of the Virginia Civil Code: March 12, 1819.
The Delegates knew Virginia was the last of the 13 States that were necessary for the ratification of the 13th Amendment. They also knew there were powerful forces allied against this ratification so they took extraordinary measures to make sure that it was published in sufficient quantity (4,000 copies were ordered, almost triple their usual order), and instructed the printer to send a copy to President James Monroe as well as James Madison and Thomas Jefferson. (The printer, Thomas Ritchie, was bonded. He was required to be extremely accurate in his research and his printing, or he would forfeit his bond.)
In this fashion, Virginia announced the ratification: by publication and dissemination of the Thirteenth Amendment of the Constitution.
There is question as to whether Virginia ever formally notified the Secretary of State that they had ratified this 13th Amendment. Some have argued that because such notification was not received (or at least, not recorded), the Amendment was therefore not legally ratified. However, printing by a legislature is prima facie evidence of ratification. Further, there is no Constitutional requirement that the Secretary of State, or anyone else, be officially notified to complete the ratification process. The Constitution only requires that three- fourths of the states ratify for an Amendment to be added to the Constitution. If three-quarters of the states ratify, the Amendment is passed. Period. The Constitution is otherwise silent on what procedure should be used to announce, confirm, or communicate the ratification of amendments.
Knowing they were the last state necessary to ratify the Amendment, the Virginians had every right announce their own and the nation’s ratification of the Amendment by publishing it on a special edition of the Constitution, and so they did.
Word of Virginia’s 1819 ratification spread throughout the States and both Rhode Island and Kentucky published the new Amendment in 1822. Ohio first published in 1824. Maine ordered 10,000 copies of the Constitution with the 13th Amendment to be printed for use in the schools in 1825, and again in 1831 for their Census Edition. Indiana Revised Laws of 1831 published the 13th Article on p. 20. Northwestern Territories published in 1833. Ohio published in 1831 and 1833. Then came the Wisconsin Territory in 1839; Iowa Territory in 1843; Ohio again, in 1848; Kansas Statutes in 1855; and Nebraska Territory six times in a row from 1855 to 1860. So far, David Dodge has identified eleven different states or territories that printed the Amendment in twenty separate publications over forty-one years. And more editions including this 13th Amendment are sure to be discovered. Clearly, Dodge is onto something.
You might be able to convince some of the people, or maybe even all of them, for a little while, that this 13th Amendment was never ratified. Maybe you can show them that the ten legislatures which ordered it published eighteen times we’ve discovered (so far) consisted of ignorant politicians who don’t know their amendments from their… ahh, articles. You might even be able to convince the public that our U.S. forefathers never meant to “outlaw” public servants who pushed people around, accepted bribes or special favors to “look the other way.” Maybe. But before you do, there’s an awful lot of evidence to be explained.
THE AMENDMENT DISAPPEARS
In 1829, the following note appears on p. 23, Vol. 1 of the New York Revised Statutes:
“In the edition of the Laws of the U.S. before referred to, there is an amendment printed as article 13, prohibiting citizens from accepting titles of nobility or honor, or presents, offices, &c. from foreign nations. But, by a message of the president of the United States of the 4th of February, 1818, in answer to a resolution of the house of representatives, it appears that this amendment had been ratified only by 12 states, and therefore had not been adopted. See Vol. IV of the printed papers of the 1st session of the 15th congress, No. 76.” In 1854, a similar note appeared in the Oregon Statutes. Both notes refer to the Laws of the United States, 1st vol. p. 73 (or 74).
It’s not yet clear whether the 13th Amendment was published in Laws of the United States, 1st Vol., prematurely, by accident, in anticipation of Virginia’s ratification, or as part of a plot to discredit the Amendment by making it appear that only twelve States had ratified. Whether the Laws of the United States Vol. 1 (carrying the 13th Amendment) was re-called or made-up is unknown. In fact, it’s not even clear that the specified volume was actually printed — the Law Library of the Library of Congress has no record of its existence.
However, because the noted authors reported no further references to the 13th Amendment after the Presidential letter of February, 1818, they apparently assumed the ratification process had ended in failure at that time. If so, they neglected to seek information on the Amendment after 1818, or at the state level, and therefore missed the evidence of Virginia’s ratification. This opinion — assuming that the Presidential letter of February, 1818, was the last word on the Amendment — has persisted to this day.
In 1849, Virginia decided to revise the 1819 Civil Code of Virginia (which had contained the 13th Amendment for 30 years). It was at that time that one of the code’s revisers (a lawyer named Patton) wrote to the Secretary of the Navy, William B. Preston, asking if this Amendment had been ratified or appeared by mistake. Preston wrote to J. M. Clayton, the Secretary of State, who replied that this Amendment was not ratified by a sufficient number of States. This conclusion was based upon the information that Secretary of State John Quincy Adams had provided the House of Representatives in 1818, before Virginia’s ratification in 1819. (Even today, the Congressional Research Service tells anyone asking about this 13th Amendment this same story: that only twelve states, not the
requisite thirteen, had ratified.)
Later in 1861, another proposed amendment, also numbered thirteen, was signed by President Lincoln. This was the only proposed amendment that was ever signed by a president. That resolve to amend read:
“ARTICLE THIRTEEN, No amendment shall be made to the Constitution which will authorize or give to Congress the power to abolish or interfere, within any State, with the domestic institutions thereof, including that of persons held to labor or service by the laws of said State.”
In other words, President Lincoln had signed a resolve that would have permitted slavery, and upheld states’ rights. Only one State, Illinois, ratified this proposed amendment before the Civil War broke out in 1861. In the tumult of 1865, the original 13th Amendment was finally removed from the US Constitution. On January 31, another 13th Amendment (which prohibited slavery in Sect. 1, and ended states’ rights in Sect. 2) was proposed. On April 9, the Civil War ended with General Lee’s surrender. On April 14, President Lincoln (who, in 1861, had signed the proposed Amendment that would have allowed slavery and states rights) was assassinated. On December 6, the “new” 13th Amendment loudly prohibiting slavery (and quietly surrendering states rights to the federal government) was ratified, replacing and effectively erasing the original 13th Amendment that had prohibited “titles of nobility” and “honors”.
SIGNIFICANCE OF REMOVAL
To create the present oligarchy (rule by lawyers) which the U.S. now endures, the lawyers first had to remove the 13th “titles of nobility” Amendment that might otherwise have kept them in check. In fact, it was not until after the Civil War and after the disappearance of this 13th Amendment, that American bar associations began to appear and exercise political power.
Since the unlawful deletion of the 13th Amendment, the newly developing bar associations began working diligently to create a system wherein lawyers took on a title of privilege and nobility as “Esquires” and received the “honor” of offices and positions (like district attorney or judge) that only they could hold. By virtue of these titles, honors, and special privileges, lawyers have assumed political and economic advantages over the majority of U.S. citizens. Through these privileges, they have nearly established a two-tiered citizenship in this nation where a majority may vote, but only a minority (lawyers) may run for political office. This two-tiered citizenship is clearly contrary to Americans’ political interests, the nation’s economic welfare, and the Constitution’s egalitarian spirit.
The significance of this missing 13th Amendment and its deletion from the Constitution is this: Since the amendment was never lawfully nullified, it is still in full force and effect and is the Law of the land. If public support could be awakened, this missing Amendment might provide a legal basis to challenge many existing laws and court decisions previously made by lawyers who were unconstitutionally elected or appointed to their positions of power; it might even mean the removal of lawyers from the current US government system.
At the very least, this missing 13th Amendment demonstrates that two centuries ago, lawyers were recognized as enemies of the people and nation. Some things never change.
THOSE WHO CANNOT RECALL HISTORY …. Heed warnings of Founding FathersIn his farewell address, George Washington warned of “… change by usurpation; for through this, in one instance, may be the instrument of good, it is the customary weapon by which free governments are destroyed.” In 1788, Thomas Jefferson proposed that we have a Declaration of Rights similar to Virginia’s. Three of his suggestions were “freedom of commerce against monopolies, trial by jury in all cases” and “no suspensions of the habeas corpus.”
No doubt Washington’s warning and Jefferson’s ideas were dismissed as redundant by those who knew the law. Who would have dreamed the U.S. legal system would become a monopoly against freedom when that was one of the primary causes for the rebellion against King George III?
Yet, the denial of trial by jury is now commonplace in the U.S. courts, and habeas corpus, for crimes against the state, is suspended. (By crimes against the state, I refer to “political crimes” where there is no injured party and the corpus delicti [evidence] is equally imaginary.)
The authority to create monopolies was judge-made law by Supreme Court Justice John Marshall, et al during the early 1800’s. Judges (and lawyers) granted to themselves the power to declare the acts of the People “un-Constitutional”, waited until their decision was grandfathered, and then granted themselves a monopoly by creating the bar associations. Although Article VI of the U.S. Constitution mandates that executive orders and treaties are binding upon the states (“… and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.”), the supreme Court has held that the Bill of Rights is not binding upon the states, and thereby resurrected many of the complaints enumerated in the Declaration of Independence, exactly as Thomas Jefferson foresaw in “Notes on the State of Virginia”, Query 17, p. 161, 1784:
“Our rulers will become corrupt, our people careless… the time for fixing every essential right on a legal basis is [now] while our rulers are honest, and ourselves united. From the conclusion of this war we shall be going downhill. It will not then be necessary to resort every moment to the people for support. They will be forgotten, therefore, and their rights disregarded. They will forget themselves, but in the sole faculty of making money, and will never think of uniting to effect a due respect for their rights. The shackles, therefore, which shall not be knocked off at the conclusion of this war, will remain on us long, will be made heavier and heavier, till our rights shall revive or expire in a convulsion.”
We await the inevitable convulsion. Only two questions remain: Will we fight to revive our rights? Or, Will we meekly submit as our last remaining rights expire, surrendered to the courts, and perhaps to a “new world order”?
MORE EDITIONS FOUND
As we go to press, I’ve received information from a researcher in Indiana, and another in Dallas, who have found five more editions of statutes that include the Constitution and the missing 13th Amendment. These editions were printed by Ohio, 1819; Connecticut (one of the states that voted against ratifying the Amendment), 1835; Kansas, 1861; and the Colorado Territory, 1865 and 1867.
These finds are important because:
They offer independent confirmation of Dodge’s claims; and They extend the known dates of publication from Nebraska 1860 (Dodge’s
most recent find), to Colorado in 1867.
The most intriguing discovery was the 1867 Colorado Territory edition which includes both the “missing” 13th Amendment and the current 13th Amendment (freeing the slaves), on the same page. The current 13th Amendment is listed as the 14th Amendment in the 1867 Colorado edition. This investigation has followed a labyrinthine path that started with the questions about how the U.S. courts evolved from a temple of the Bill of Rights to the current star chamber and whether this situation had anything to do with retiring chief Justice Burger’s warning that we were “about to lose our Constitution”. My seven year investigation has been fruitful beyond belief; the information on the missing 13th Amendment is only a “drop in the bucket” of the information I have discovered. Still, the research continues, and by definition, is never truly complete.
Imagine a nation which prohibited at least some lawyers from serving in government. Imagine a government prohibited from writing laws granting “honors” (special privileges, immunities, or advantages) to individuals, groups, or government officials. Imagine a government that could only write laws that applied to everyone, even themselves, equally. It’s never been done before. Not once. But it has been tried: In 1810 the Congress of the United States proposed a 13th Amendment to the Constitution that might have given us just that sort of equality and political paradise. The story begins (again) in 1983, when David Dodge and
Tom Dunn discovered an 1825 edition of the Maine Civil Code which contained the U.S. Constitution and a 13th Amendment which no longer appears on the Constitution:
“If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or honor, or shall without the consent of
Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust or profit under them, or either of them.”
This Amendment would have restricted at least some lawyers from serving in government, and would prohibit legislators from passing any special interest legislation, tax breaks, or special immunities for anyone, not even themselves. It might have guaranteed a level of political equality in this nation that most people can’t even imagine. Since 1983, researchers have uncovered evidence that:
The 13th Amendment prohibiting “titles of nobility” and “honors” appeared in at least 30 editions of the Constitution of the United States which were printed by at least 14 states or territories between 1819 and 1867; and This amendment quietly disappeared from the Constitution near the end of the Civil War.
Either this Amendment was: Unratified and mistakenly published for almost 50 years; or Ratified in 1819, and then illegally removed from the Constitution by 1867.
If this 13th Amendment was unratified and mistakenly published, the story has remained unnoticed in American history for over a century. If so, it’s at least a good story — an extraordinary historical anecdote.
On the other hand, if Dodge is right and the Amendment was truly ratified, an Amendment has been subverted from our Constitution. If so, this “missing” Amendment would still be the Law, and this story could be one of the most important stories in American History. Whatever the answer, it’s certain that something extraordinary happened to our Constitution between 1819 and 1867.
PROS AND CONS (for Ratification)
Of course, there are two sides to this issue. David Dodge, the principal researcher, argues that this 13th Amendment was ratified in 1819 and then subverted from the Constitution near the end of the Civil War. U.S. Senator George Mitchell of Maine, and Mr. Dane Hartgrove (Acting Assistant Chief, Civil Reference Branch of the National Archives) have argued that the Amendment was never properly ratified and only published in error. There is some agreement. Both sides agree the Amendment was proposed by Congress in 1810. Both sides also agree that the proposed Amendment required the support of at least thirteen states to be ratified. Both sides agree that between 1810 and 1812 twelve states voted to support ratification. The pivotal issue is whether Virginia ratified or rejected the proposed Amendment. Dodge contends Virginia voted to support the Amendment in 1819, and so the Amendment was truly ratified and should still be a part of our Constitution. Senator Mitchell and Mr. Hartgrove disagree, arguing that Virginia did not ratify. Unfortunately, several decades of Virginia’s legislative journals were misplaced or destroyed (possibly during the Civil War; possibly during the 1930’s). Consequently, neither side has found absolute proof that the Virginia legislature voted for (or against) ratification. A series of letters exchanged in 1991 between David Dodge, Sen. Mitchell, and Mr. Hartgrove illuminate the various points of disagreement. After Dodge’s initial report of a “missing” Amendment in the 1825 Maine Civil Code, Sen. Mitchell explained that this edition was a one-time publishing error: “The Maine Legislature mistakenly printed the proposed Amendment in the Maine Constitution as having been adopted. As you know, this was a mistake, as it was not ratified.”
Further, “All editions of the Maine Constitution printed after 1820 [sic] exclude the proposed amendment; only the originals contain this error.” Dodge dug deeper, found other editions (there are 30, to date) of state and territorial civil codes that contained the missing Amendment, and thereby demonstrated that the Maine publication was not a “one-time” publishing error.
YES VIRGINIA, THERE IS A RATIFICATION
After examining Dodge’s evidence of multiple publications of the “missing” Amendment, Sen. Mitchell and Mr. Hartgrove conceded the Amendment had been published by several states and was ratified by twelve of the seventeen states in the Union in 1810. However, because the Constitution requires that three-quarters of the states vote to ratify an Amendment. Mitchell and Hartgrove insisted that the 13th Amendment was published in error because it was passed by only twelve, not thirteen States. Dodge investigated which seventeen states were in the Union at the time the Amendment was proposed, which states had ratified, which states had rejected the amendment, and determined that the issue hung on whether one last state (Virginia) had or had not, voted to ratify.
After several years of searching the Virginia state archive, Dodge made a crucial discovery: In Spring of 1991, he found a misplaced copy of the 1819 Virginia Civil Code which included the “missing” 13th Amendment. Dodge notes that, curiously, “There is no public record that shows this book [the 1819 Virginia Civil Code] exists. It is not catalogued as a holding of the Library of Congress nor is it in the National Union Catalogue. Neither the state law library nor the law school in Portland were able to find any trace that this book exists in any of their computer programs.”
Dodge sent photo-copies of the 1819 Virginia Civil Code to Sen. Mitchell and Mr. Hartgrove, and explained that, “Under legislative construction, it is considered prima facie evidence that what is published as the official acts of the legislature are the official acts.” By publishing the Amendment as ratified in an official publication, Virginia demonstrated that they:
Knew they were the last state whose vote was necessary to ratify this 13th Amendment; Had voted to ratify the Amendment; and
Were publishing the Amendment in a special edition of their Civil Code as an official notice to the world that the Amendment had indeed been ratified.
Dodge concluded, “Unless there is competing evidence to the contrary, it must be held that the Constitution of the United States was officially amended to exclude from its body of citizens any who accepted or claimed a title of nobility or accepted any special favors. Foremost in this category of ex-citizens are bankers and lawyers.”
RATIONALES (for Ratification)
Undeterred, Sen. Mitchell wrote that, “Article XIII did not receive the three-fourths vote required from the states within the time limit to be ratified.” (Although his language is imprecise, Sen. Mitchell seems to concede that although the Amendment had failed to satisfy the “time limit”, the required three-quarters of the states did vote to ratify.) Dodge replies: “Contrary to your assertion.., there was no time limit for amendment ratification in 1811. Any time limit is now established by Congress in the Resolves for proposed amendments.”
In fact, ratification time limits didn’t start until 1917, when Sect. 3 of the Eighteenth Amendment stated that, “This Article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been ratified within seven years from the date of submission … to the States by Congress.” A similar time limit is now included on other proposed Amendments, but there was no specified time limit when the 13th Amendment was proposed in 1810 or ratified in 1819. Sen. Mitchell remained determined to find some rationale, somewhere, that would defeat Dodge’s persistence. Although Sen. Mitchell implicitly conceded that his “published by error” and “time limit” arguments were
invalid, he continued to grope for reasons to dispute the ratification: “… regardless of whether the state of Virginia did ratify the proposed Thirteenth Amendment… on March 12, 1819, this approval would not have been sufficient to amend the Constitution.
In 1819, there were twenty-one states in the United States and any amendment would have required approval of sixteen states to amend the Constitution. According to your own research, Virginia would have only been the thirteenth state to approve the proposed amendment.” Dodge replies: “Article V [amendment procedures] of the Constitution is silent on the question of whether or not the framers meant three-fourths of the states at the time the proposed amendment is submitted to the states for ratification, or three-fourths of the states that exist at some future point in time. Since only the existing states were involved in the debate and vote of Congress on the Resolve proposing an Amendment, it is reasonable that ratification be limited to those States that took an
active part in the Amendment process.”
Dodge demonstrated this rationale by pointing out that, “President Monroe had his Secretary of State… [ask the] governors of Virginia, South Carolina, and Connecticut, in January, 1818, as to the status of the amendment in their respective states. The four new states (Louisiana, Indiana, Mississippi, and Illinois) that were added to the union between 1810 and 1818 were not even considered.”
From a modern perspective, it seems strange that not all states would be included in the ratification process. But bear in mind that this perspective is based on life in a stable nation that’s added only five new states in this century — about one every eighteen years. However, between 1803 and 1821 (when the 13th Amendment ratification drama unfolded), they added eight states — almost one new state every two years. This rapid national growth undoubtedly fostered national attitudes different from our own. The government had to be filled with the euphoria of a growing Republic that expected to quickly add new states all the way to the Pacific Ocean and the Isthmus of Panama. The government would not willingly compromise or complicate that growth potential with procedural obstacles; to involve every new state in each on-going ratification could inadvertently slow the nation’s growth.
For example, if a territory petitioned to join the Union while an Amendment was being considered, its access to statehood might depend on whether the territory expected to ratify or reject a proposed amendment. If the territory was expected to ratify the proposed Amendment government, officials who favored the Amendment might try to accelerate the territory’s entry into the Union. On the other hand, those opposed to the Amendment might try to slow or even deny a particular territory’s statehood. These complications could unnecessarily slow the entry of new states into the nation, or restrict the nation’s ability to pass new
Amendments. Neither possibility could appeal to politicians. Whatever the reason, the House of Representatives resolved to ask only
Connecticut, South Carolina, and Virginia for their decision on ratifying the 13th Amendment — they did not ask for the decisions of the four new states. Since the new states had Representatives in the House who did not protest when the resolve was passed, it’s apparent that even the new states agreed that they should not be included in the ratification process.
In 1818, the President, the House of Representatives, the Secretary of State, the four “new” states, and the seventeen “old” states, all clearly believed that the support of just thirteen states was required to ratify the 13th Amendment. That being so, Virginia’s vote to ratify was legally sufficient to ratify the “missing’ Amendment in 1819 (and would still be so today).
INSULT TO INJURY
Apparently persuaded by Dodge’s various arguments and proofs that the “missing” 13th Amendment had satisfied the Constitutional requirements for ratification, Mr. Hartgrove (National Archives) wrote back that Virginia had nevertheless failed to satisfy the bureaucracy’s procedural requirements for ratification:
“Under current legal provisions, the Archivist of the United States is empowered to certify that he has in his custody the correct number of state certificates of ratification of a proposed Constitutional amendment to constitute its ratification by the United States of America as a whole. In the nineteenth century, that function was performed by the Secretary of State. Clearly, the Secretary of State never received a certificate of ratification of the title of nobility amendment from the Commonwealth of Virginia, which is why that amendment failed to become the Thirteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution.”
This is an extraordinary admission. Mr. Hartgrove implicitly concedes that the 13th Amendment was ratified by Virginia and satisfied the Constitution’s ratification requirements. However, Hartgrove then insists that the ratification was nevertheless justly denied because the Secretary of State was not properly notified with a “certificate of ratification”. In other words, the government’s last, best argument that the 13th Amendment was not ratified boils down to this:
Though the Amendment satisfied Constitutional requirement for ratification, it is nonetheless missing from our Constitution simply
because a single, official sheet of paper is missing in Washington. Mr. Hartgrove implies that despite the fact that three-quarters of the States in the Union voted to ratify an Amendment, the will of the legislators and the people of this nation should be denied because somebody screwed up and lost a single “certificate of ratification”. This “certificate” may be missing because either:
Virginia failed to file a proper notice; or The notice was “lost in the mail”; or The notice was lost, unrecorded, misplaced, or intentionally destroyed, by some bureaucrat in Washington D.C. This final excuse insults every American’s political rights, but Mr.
Hartgrove nevertheless offers a glimmer of hope: If the National Archives “received a certificate of ratification of the title of nobility amendment from the Commonwealth of Virginia, we would inform Congress and await further developments.” In other words, the issue of whether this 13th Amendment was ratified and is, or is not, a legitimate Amendment to the U.S. Constitution, is not merely a historical curiosity — the ratification issue is still alive.
But most importantly, Hartgrove implies that the only remaining argument against the 13th Amendment’s ratification is a procedural error involving the absence of a “certificate of ratification”.
Dodge countered Hartgrove’s procedure argument by citing some of the ratification procedures recorded for other states when the 13th Amendment was being considered. He notes that according to the Journal of the House of Representatives. 11th Congress, 2nd Session, at p. 241, a “letter” (not a “certificate of ratification”) from the Governor of Ohio announcing Ohio’s ratification was submitted not to the Secretary of State but rather to the House of Representatives where it “was read and ordered to lie on the table.” Likewise, “The Kentucky ratification was also returned to the House, while Maryland’s earlier ratification is not listed as having been returned to Congress.”
The House Journal implies that since Ohio and Kentucky were not required to notify the Secretary of State of their ratification decisions, there was likewise no requirement that Virginia file a “certificate of ratification” with the Secretary of State. Again, despite arguments to the contrary, it appears that the “missing” Amendment was Constitutionally ratified and should not be denied because of some possible procedural error.
QUICK, MEN! TO THE ARCHIVES!
Each of Sen. Mitchell’s and Mr. Hartgrove’s arguments against Ratification have been overcome or badly weakened. Still, some of the
evidence supporting ratification is inferential; some of the conclusions are only implied. But it’s no wonder that there’s such an austere sprinkling of hard evidence surrounding this 13th Amendment:
According to The Gazette (5/10/91), the Library of Congress has 349,402 un-catalogued rare books and 13.9 million un-catalogued rare manuscripts. The evidence of ratification seems tantalizingly close but remains buried in those masses of un-catalogued documents, waiting to be found. It will take some luck and some volunteers to uncover the final proof.
We have an Amendment that looks like a duck, walks like a duck, and quacks like a duck. But because we have been unable to find the eggshell from which it hatched in 1819, Sen. Mitchell and Mr. Hartgrove insist we can’t … quite … absolutely prove it’s a duck, and therefore, the government is under no obligation to concede it’s a duck. Maybe so. But if we can’t prove it’s a duck, they can’t prove it’s not. If the proof of ratification is not quite conclusive, the evidence against ratification is almost nonexistent, largely a function of the government’s refusal to acknowledge the proof. We are left in the peculiar position of boys facing bullies in the schoolyard. We show them proof that they should again include the “missing” 13th Amendment on the Constitution; they sneer and jeer and taunt us with cries of “make us”. Perhaps we shall.
It’s worth noting that Rick Donaldson, another researcher, uncovered certified copies of the 1865 and 1867 editions of the Colorado Civil Codes which also contain the missing Amendment. Although these editions were stored in the Colorado state archive, their existence was previously un-catalogued and unknown to the Colorado archivists.
This raises a fantastic possibility. If there’s insufficient evidence that Virginia did ratify in 1819, there is no evidence that Virginia did not. Therefore, since there was no time limit specified when the Amendment was proposed, and since the government clearly believed only Virginia’s vote remained to be counted in the ratification issue, the current state legislature of Virginia could theoretically vote to ratify the Amendment, send the necessary certificates to Washington, and thereby add the Amendment to the Constitution.
Was it ratified? There is a lot of evidence that it was. Could all of the following publications have been in error?
The following states and/or territories have published the Titles of Nobility amendment in their official publications as a ratified amendment to the Constitution of the United States:
Colorado1861, 1862, 1864, 1865, 1866, 1867, 1868
Connecticut1821, 1824, 1835, 1839
[?] Dakota1862, 1863, 1867
Florida1823, 1825, 1838
Georgia1819, 1822, 1837, 1846
Illinois1823, 1825, 1827, 1833, 1839, dis. 1845
Indiana1824, 1831, 1838
Iowa1839, 1842, 1843
Kansas1855, 1861, 1862, 1868
Louisiana1825, 1838/1838 [two separate publications]
Mississippi1823, 1824, 1839
Missouri1825, 1835, 1840, 1841, 1845*
Nebraska1855, 1856, 1857, 1858, 1859, 1860, 1861, 1862, 1873
North Carolina1819, 1828
Ohio1819, 1824, 1831, 1833, 1835, 1848
Pennsylvania1818, 1824, 1831
Totals:24 States in 78 separate official government publications.Note: “Pimsleur’s”, a checklist of legal publications, does not list
many of the above volumes.
* This volume was published twice in 1845. The first published the “Titles of Nobility” amendment, the second was published right after Congress set the requirements for Missouri’s admission as a State. The “Titles of Nobility” amendment was replaced with a notation that this amendment was printed in error in 1835.
“The History of the World”
Samuel Maunder, Harper, New York, 1850, vol. 2, p.462. Republished by
Wm. Burtis, Baltimore, 1856, vol. 2, p.462.
“The Rights of an American Citizen”
Benj. Oliver, Counsellor at Law, Boston, 1832, p. 89.
“Laws of the United States of America”
Bioren and Duane, Philadelphia & Washington, 1815, vol. 1, p.74. [See:
“The American Politician”
M. Sears, Boston, 1842, p.27.
“Constitution of the United States”
C.A. Cummings, Lynn, Massachusetts, not dated, p.35.
Political Text Book Containing the Declaration of Independence”
Edward Currier, Blake, Holliston, Mass. 1841, p.129.
“Brief Exposition of the Constitution of the United States for the use
of Common Schools”
John S. Hart, A.M. (Principal of Philadelphia High School and Professor
of Moral Mental and Political Science), Butler and Co., Philadelphia,
H. Potter, U.S. District Court Judge, Raleigh, North Carolina, 1828,
p.404, 2nd Edition [the 1st Ed., 1816, does not have “Titles of
Note: The “Laws of the United States” was published by John Duane. Without doubt, Duane was aware of Virginia’s plan to ratify this amendment which targeted, amongst other things, the emolument of banking and the agents of foreign banking interests, the attorneys. Currency manipulation led to the failure of numerous banks and in turn to many a personal bankruptcy, including that of Thomas Jefferson. The allegiance of attorneys** has always been with the money state, whether pharaoh, caesar, monarch or
** See: “Acts of Virginia”, Feb. 20, 1812, p.143.
The Court, in “Horst v. Moses”, 48 Alabama 129, 142 (1872) gave the following description of a title of nobility:
To confer a title of nobility, is to nominate to an order of persons to whom privileges are granted at the expense of the rest of the people. It is not necessarily hereditary, and the objection to it rises more from the privileges supposed to be attached than to the otherwise empty title or order. These components are forbidden separately in the terms “privilege”, “honor”, and “emoluments”, as they are collectively in the term “title of nobility”. The prohibition is not affected by any consideration paid or rendered for the grant.
“Bouvier’s Law Dictionary”, 15th Edition, vol. 1 (1885) lists the due process amendments as 5 and 15 [15 was re-numbered to 14] on p.571. The prohibition of titles of nobility stops the claim of eminent domain through fictions of law. Eminent domain is the legal euphemism for expropriation, and unreasonable seizure given sanction by the targets of this amendment.
The debate goes on. The mystery continues to unfold. The answer lies buried in the archives. If you are close to a state archive or large library anywhere in the USA, please search for editions of the U.S. Constitution printed between 1819 and 1870.
If you will, please check your state’s archives and libraries to review any copies of the Constitution printed prior to the Civil War, or any books containing prints of the Constitution before 1870. If you locate anything related to this project we would appreciate hearing from you so we may properly fulfill this effort of research.
If you find more evidence of the “missing” 13th Amendment please contact:
Taos, New Mexico, 87571
This version of this research text by David Dodge was edited for clarity, and hand-coded in HTML on July 4, A.D. 2002, by The Lawful Path, http://www.lawfulpath.com/, and was adapted from a prior version placed on the web by Barefoot Bob, May 5, 1996.
THE MILLENNIUM REPORT: Reporting the Most Important News in the World Today
Who really owns this $200 trillion debt?
By Vern Gowdie in the Gold Coast
A relative calm has descended on the markets. The Dow is down a little. Gold up a little. Bond rates holding steady.
But what lurks beneath the apparently calm surface?
Santos are laying off staff…again. Why? High debt levels (about $9 billion) and lower revenues mean it’s time to reduce overheads.
Do you think Glencore and Santos are the only commodity companies in the world dealing with this issue? No. This situation is being played out in boardrooms all over the world.
The decisions of Glencore, Santos et al are the boulder in the pond. These layoffs, shutdowns and cutbacks create a multiple ripple effect throughout the economy.
We are seeing the first signs of the debt defaults.
Which leads me to an email we received from a reader.
‘I read with great interest the predictions of doom and gloom by almost all of your so called expert commentators.
‘What I have not seen is any explanation of what the consequences of a national default would be.
‘Who is the Australian national debt owed to and what happens if we default ?? No one I know can tell me. Can you ??’ Subscriber, T.L.
Thanks TL for the email. Please allow me to correct you when you use the label ‘so called expert commentators.’ Personally I do not consider myself an expert commentator.
My nearly 30 years’ experience in financial markets taught me, above all else, to know and appreciate my limitations. One of those limitations is that I will never fully understand everything related to the markets…The web of interconnectivity in financial markets is beyond the comprehension of all but a handful of people and I am not one of them.
This is why I only commit my capital to ‘vanilla’ investments…ones I can make a considered risk analysis on.
In relation to doom and gloom, you can only call it as you see it. If a teenage boy is given a bottle of rum and the keys to a turbo-charged Porsche, would you suggest we ignore these facts and assume he’ll arrive home safely? Or do you point out the dangers and the probable outcome of hard liquor and speeding?
Conversely, when the world experiences the severe debt crisis and I think it represents an excellent time to buy deeply discounted assets, will I be labelled a ‘Pollyanna’?
Investing is a lot like driving — there are times when you can make great progress; there are times to slow down; and there are times to pull over to the side of the road and wait. Failing to observe the road conditions and the behaviour of those around you can lead to fatal outcomes. The market warrants the same level of respect.
The views I express in The Daily Reckoning and my advisory newsletters are a combination of the following:
- Appreciating the basics (you cannot print money to cure economic ills and you cannot borrow indefinitely without repercussions)
- Personal experiences (what works and what doesn’t)
- The thoughts behind what guides my personal investment decisions.
I fully accept that my approach to joining the economic and investment dots may not be how things pan out. We are investing in a world without precedent. Never before in the history of money has there been such a concerted effort to manipulate the value of financial markets and investor behaviour (forcing savers to abandon bank accounts in search of yield).
Anything is possible in this world…for a while at least. Ultimately imbalances are always corrected. This is a fact. It’s just unclear exactly when. In the interim I’ll wait and invest my portfolio in a very defensive position in accordance with my views.
To answer your question on who we owe our debt to and what happens if we default, you have to stand back and look at this from a global perspective.
Australia’s debt — government, corporate and household — is but one link in the global debt chain.
A debt chain that is, according the McKinsey Report released in February 2015 titled ‘Debt and (not much) Deleveraging’, now topping US$200 trillion.
The following is an extract from The Gowdie Letter published in September 2015 on the problem I see with the record level of global debt:
‘So who owns the US$200 trillion debt?
‘The simple answer is just about everyone, including taxpayers, investors, superannuation members.
‘The Australian Office of Financial Management publishes a Public Register of Government Borrowings. The table is too difficult to reproduce for this newsletter. But you can go here, then scroll down and click on: Table 1: Beneficial Ownership by Country of Residence of Australian Government Securities and State Government Securities Guaranteed by the Australian Government – Face value ($ million) [XLSX 20KB]
‘The table shows you in general terms who owns Australia’s debt.
‘Towards the bottom of the table you’ll see ‘Domestic custodian and nominee companies’ own $256 billion of the $380 billion of government debt.
‘Domestic custodian and nominee companies are entities for superannuation funds, managed funds, private wealthy individuals/families and possibly shelf companies for overseas interests.
‘The purpose of including the table is to illustrate the diversity of debt ownership here in Australia. This diversity is replicated in other countries.
‘Let’s say that the Future Fund invested $1 billion in Puerto Rican debt and had to write this amount off. In this case the ultimate beneficiaries of this fund — public servant pensions — wear the loss.
‘What we have is a situation where individuals, corporates, investment funds and governments have lent US$200 trillion to households, corporates, governments and the financial sector.
‘The question is, are all those borrowers good for the money?
‘My guess is not all of them will be able to honour their debt obligations in a world where growth is slowing or going into the negative.
‘What people forget is: crises happen at the margin.
‘The subprime lending crisis was the match that led to the GFC bushfire.
‘According to estimates, the total amount in subprime loans was US$1.3 trillion.
‘A research paper from University of North Carolina titled ‘Subprime Mortgage Crisis’ stated:
“By October 2007, approximately 16% of subprime adjustable rate mortgages (ARM) were either 90-days delinquent or the lender had begun foreclosure proceedings, roughly triple the rate of 2005.By January 2008, the delinquency rate had risen to 21% and by May 2008 it was 25%”
‘One quarter of subprime loans — US$325 billion — were in arrears in May 2008. This rather piddly amount of defaults was enough to cause tens of trillions of dollars to be wiped off share and property values around the world.
‘This is what I mean by things happening at the margin. You don’t need every dollar of the US$200 trillion debt pile to default to create economic and market chaos. All we need to see is maybe 5% default, or US$10 trillion. That’s 30 times the dollar amount of subprime defaults.
‘So who will default? I don’t know. But what I do know is not all those borrowers are investment grade, and when things get tight, they’ll buckle. And when one buckles another will buckle…and so on.
‘For every dollar that is defaulted on, a superannuation fund, pension fund, or individual lender is on the other side writing off that debt.
‘If you lent someone a $1 million and they say ‘sorry, ain’t got it’, you might have to rethink what life looks like…cut back on your expenditure. This contraction in expenditure becomes deflationary, which in turn puts a greater squeeze on those with debts. Defaults increase. Expenditures decrease. And around we go.
‘Another example of crises happening at the margin is in the share market.
‘The average daily turnover on the Australian share market is around $4.5 billion. The total value of the Australian share market is roughly $1.5 trillion.
‘As a percentage, daily turnover equates to 0.3% of the market’s value. This means 0.3% set the price for the remaining 99.7%.
‘When the market is in panic mode, turnover may double or even treble — this still means 99% of shares ARE NOT sold and just 1% can cause the market to plunge 10, 20 or even 50%.
‘The same holds true for an economy. The 1920/21 recession — the worst in recorded history — saw the US economy contract by 18%. This still meant 82% of the economy was functioning.
‘Crises happen at the margin. We do not need to see all the US$200 trillion go up in smoke, only some of it.
‘Don’t over-think who owns what and try to connect all the dots. You’ll just get in a muddle.
‘Stand back, look at the big picture and be guided by what history has demonstrated time and time again about what happens when there is too much debt in the system.’
You do not have to be an expert to appreciate that every single debt crisis in history has ended badly. Why would you bet your capital against a different outcome this time?
Especially when you consider this debt issue has crept into every single corner of the developed and developing world.
When the debt default dominoes start to fall, the impact is going to be felt all around the world…including Australia — and more specifically, our heavily indebted household sector.
Editor, The Daily Reckoning
Secret Whitepapers Warn Super-Wealthy of Impending Crash
DAILY RECKONING AUSTRALIA
All content is © 2005–2015 Port Phillip Publishing Pty Ltd All Rights Reserved
[PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The alarm bell you’re not supposed to hear is getting louder and more insistent, reported the American edition of The Daily Reckoning recently in an essay by Dave Gonigam. I’m going to republish the article here because it’s fascinating. And potentially extremely useful to you.]
‘There’s an old saying in the stock market that when prices are about to collapse, ‘nobody rings a bell,’’ Jim Rickards reminded us here in nearly a year ago.
‘Yet sometimes, the global power elites do ring a bell. But they ring it for the wealthiest and most powerful individuals only. Everyday investors like you are not intended to hear it.’
Jim was referring then to a passel of reports from the likes of the International Monetary Fund and the Bank for International Settlements. They’re written ‘in highly technical language and were read by only a relatively small number of expert analysts,’ Jim said.
They come with vanilla titles like Uneven Growth: Short- and Long-Term Factors.
‘Some of these reports may have been picked up and mentioned briefly in the press, but they didn’t make the front pages. For you, such pronouncements are just more financial noise in a flood of information that washes over you every day on TV, radio, the Web, in newspapers and in other publications.
‘The power elite were not signaling you — they were signaling each other.’
Over the weekend, the signals became more accessible to a wider audience.
The Economist has long served as a transmission belt of ideas as they move from global elites down to the worker bees in big finance and big government throughout the Western world. It sets the agenda for the people who carry out that agenda.
‘For 70 years, the dollar has been the superpower of the financial and monetary system,’ says the editorial accompanying this week’s 14-page special report. No vanilla language here: It concludes, ‘the costs of dollar dominance are starting to outweigh the benefits.’
‘A fault line has opened between America’s economic clout and its financial muscle,’ the editorial goes on. ‘The United States accounts for 23% of global GDP and 12% of merchandise trade. Yet about 60% of the world’s output, and a similar share of the planet’s people, lie within a de facto dollar zone, in which currencies are pegged to the dollar or move in some sympathy with it.’
We’ve seen some of the unfortunate results this past summer. ‘In recent months, the prospect of even a tiny rate rise in America has sucked capital from emerging markets, battering currencies and share prices. Decisions of the Federal Reserve affect offshore dollar debts and deposits worth about $9 trillion.’
If the figure $9 trillion sounds familiar, that’s the number Jim Rickards has cited time and again during his own warnings here in going back to last January.
But there’s a worse problem: ‘In 2008–09, the Fed reluctantly came to the rescue, acting as a lender of last resort by offering $1 trillion of dollar liquidity to foreign banks and central banks,’ the editorial continues.
‘The sums involved in a future crisis would be far higher. The offshore dollar world is almost twice as large as it was in 2007. By the 2020s, it could be as big as America’s banking industry.’ And as Jim has pointed out recently, the Fed cannot possibly handle a bailout of those proportions…because the Fed is broke.
‘And even without a crisis,’ the editorial goes on, ‘the dollar’s dominance will present American policymakers with a dilemma. If foreigners continue to accumulate reserves, they will dominate the Treasury market by the 2030s.
‘To satisfy growing foreign demand for safe dollar-denominated assets, America’s government could issue more Treasuries — adding to its debts. Or it could leave foreigners to buy up other securities — but that might lead to asset bubbles, just as in the mortgage boom of the 2000s.’
Wait a minute: That too would set off another crisis, right? So every possible route ends in a crisis that the Fed can’t handle.
[PUBLISHER’S NOTE: The warning signs are becoming clearer by the week. If you’ve not read Jim’s new book on how to navigate through the coming crisis with your wealth intact, you should. Today. To read a digital version of Jim’s new book The Big Drop: How to Grow Your Wealth During the Coming Collapse, just click here.]
AFTER the devastating Haiti earthquake in 2010, half a billion US dollars ($A600million) in donations were sent to the Red Cross alone.
Yet the aid agency has reportedly built just six permanent houses, and little on the ground seems to have changed, leaving locals and concerned outsiders demanding where the money has gone.
An investigation by ProPublica and NPR claims that the Red Cross has wasted the money through a litany of failures and mismanagement, leaving families homeless and unable to survive.
Worse, the reporters say this is part of a repeated pattern of the top disaster relief charity falling short in crises including Superstorm Sandy and Hurricane Isaac.
The Red Cross claims it has provided homes for 150,000 people, but residents say that’s far from the truth, with many still living in crude temporary shacks, without access to drinking water, electricity or basic sanitation.
The NGO has failed to create sustainable solutions for Haiti’s communities, and many believe its effectiveness has been hampered by relying too heavily on foreign workers who cannot speak French or Creole.
(ED: WHERE DID THE MONEY GO?)
Edward Snowden Releases Chilling New Revelations On Smartphones
The danger for law-abiding citizens who say they have nothing to fear because they are not terrorists, beware: many peaceful British protesters have been arrested under the Prevention Of Terrorism Act since its introduction in 2005. Edward Snowden‘s disclosure confirms just how far the attack on civil liberties has gone since 9/11 and the London bombings. Both events have allowed governments the legal right to essentially wage war on their own people, through the Patriot Act in the USA and the Prevention Of Terrorism Act in the UK. In Britain, as in the USA, terrorism and activism seem to have morphed into one entity, while nobody really knows who the real terrorists are any more. A sad but absolutely realistic fact of life in 2015: if you went to a peaceful protest at weekend and got detained, you’re probably getting hacked right now.
n an interview with the BBC’s ‘Panorama’ which aired in Britain last night, Edward Snowden spoke in detail about the spying capabilities of the UK intelligence agency GCHQ. He disclosed that government spies can legally hack into any citizen’s phone to listen in to what’s happening in the room, view files, messages and photos, pinpoint exactly where a person is (to a much more sophisticated level than a normal GPS system), and monitor a person’s every move and every conversation, even when the phone is turned off. These technologies are named after Smurfs, those little blue cartoon characters who had a recent Hollywood makeover. But despite the cute name, these technologies are very disturbing; each one is built to spy on you in a different way:
- “Dreamy Smurf”: lets the phone be powered on and off
- “Nosey Smurf”:lets spies turn the microphone on and listen in on users, even if the phone itself is turned off
- “Tracker Smurf”:a geo-location tool which allows [GCHQ] to follow you with a greater precision than you would get from the typical triangulation of cellphone towers.
- “Paranoid Smurf”: hides the fact that it has taken control of the phone. The tool will stop people from recognising that the phone has been tampered with if it is taken in for a service, for instance.
His revelations should worry anyone who cares about human rights, especially in an era where the threat of terrorism is used to justify all sorts of governmental crimes against civil liberties. We have willingly given up our freedoms in the name of security; as a result we have neither. We seem to have forgotten that to live as a free person is a basic human right: we are essentially free beings. We are born naked and without certification; we do not belong to any government nor monarchy nor individual, we don’t even belong to any nation or culture or religion- these are all social constructs. We belong only to the universe that created us, or whatever your equivalent belief. It is therefore a natural human right not to be not be under secret surveillance by your own government, those corruptible liars who are supposedly elected by and therefore accountable to the people.
The danger for law-abiding citizens who say they have nothing to fear because they are not terrorists, beware: many peaceful British protesters have been arrested under the Prevention Of Terrorism Act since its introduction in 2005. Edward Snowden‘s disclosure confirms just how far the attack on civil liberties has gone since 9/11 and the London bombings. Both events have allowed governments the legal right to essentially wage war on their own people, through the Patriot Act in the USA and the Prevention Of Terrorism Act in the UK. In Britain, as in the USA, terrorism and activism seem to have morphed into one entity, while nobody really knows who the real terrorists are any more. A sad but absolutely realistic fact of life in 2015: if you went to a peaceful protest at weekend and got detained, you’re probably getting hacked right now.
It’s one more reason to conclude that smartphones suck. And as much as we convince ourselves how cool they are, it’s hard to deny their invention has resulted in a tendency for humans to behave like zombies, encouraged child labor, made us more lonely than ever, turned some of us into narcissisticselfie–addicts, and prevented us from communicating with those who really matter (the ones in the same room at the same time). Now, Snowden has given us yet another reason to believe that smartphones might be the dumbest thing we could have ever inflicted on ourselves.
H/T Silver Doctors
Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s Secret Transfer of US Territory to China.
In Redemption of Fraudulent Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Securities includes:
The Land Under Trump Tower, National Parks, Sovereign Indian Lands and US National Monuments
Posted at: American Kabuki: Sphere Alliance Message 104 Secretary Clinton
RELATED: GRAND CANYON ESCALADE
RELATED: Congress To Sell Ancesterial Apache Lands To Chinese interests. Huffington Post 12/03/2014
[10/19/15, 8:25:30 PM] THE CHINESE OWN DENALI NATIONAL PARK.
AK: UPDATED 10/21/15 NEW DATA WITH LINKS ON LAND SALES…
AK NOTE: The following is a conversation today with the Sphere Alliance based on a tip that the Former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton exchanged land in the USA to replace fraudulent Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities that were sold to the Chinese by Wall Street. These lands are considered Chinese territory and under Chinese laws and financial rules as to money transfers and immigration. There are similar areas in Europe and around the world.
This data comes from the Sphere Alliance data collectors. There seems to be supporting evidence for the Smithsonian sale, the Grand Canyon, we are researching the rest and will post what we can find. If you find anything in your research on these locations let us know. -AK
Terran: WHAT ZONES IN THE USA WERE TURNED OVER TO THE CHINESE AS CHINESE TERRITORY BY HILARY CLINTON AS COMPENSATION FOR FRAUDULENT FREDDIE/MAC FANNIE/MAE SECURITIES AND ANY OTHER SIMILAR ARRANGEMENT WITH THE CHINESE? PLEASE LIST KNOWN AREAS, AND LOCATIONS, AND CODE WORDS/IDENITIFIERS/ETC THAT MAY BE FOUND ONLINE SEARCH ENGINES (IF ANY) FOR THIS COMPARTMENTALIZED TRANSACTIONS WITHOUT THE US CITIZEN’S KNOWLEDGE.
THERE ARE SIMILAR ZONES IN ITALY AND OTHER COUNTRIES WHERE THESE LANDS ARE CONSIDERED CHINESE SOVEREIGN TERRITORY FOR LEGAL AND FINANCIAL TRANSACTION PURPOSES, THEY ARE USED A MANUFACTURING CENTERS AND BACK DOORS PAST NORMAL CUSTOMS CHANNELS.
[10/19/15, 4:33:01 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THERE ARE MORE THAN 40 ZONES/REGIONS GIVEN TO THE CHINESE UNDER FALSE PRETENSES OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION.
THE LARGEST HIDDEN AND MOST ANTIQUOUS [Latin for "antique"] IS THE FIFTH AVENUE OF MANHATTAN WHICH THE ONE/DONALD TRUMP DOES NOT EVEN KNOW ABOUT. APOPLEXY IS THE WORD THAT COMES TO MIND WHEN HE REALIZES HIS BELOVED TOWER IS ON CHINESE SOIL.
[10/19/15, 4:33:22 PM] Terran: LOL!!!
[10/19/15, 4:33:37 PM] TO FIND THESE HIDDEN TRANSACTIONS USE THE SEARCH ENGINE CODES FIFTH AND WEST SALES TRANSACTION
[10/19/15, 6:49:58 PM] Terran: AK: Was the Trump Tower land unrelated to the transaction Hilary Clinton did as Secretary of State?
[10/19/15, 6:50:59 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THE ONE/HILLARY CLINTON/SECRETARY OF STATE INDEED TRANSFERED THE LAND TO THE CHINESE. WE SEE YOUR CONSTERNATION AT THE HIDDEN DOCUMENTATION. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 6:51:46 PM] Terran: AK: “ANTIQUOUS” MADE ME THINK IT WAS PROBABLY EARLY IN THE HISTORY OF THE USA…
[10/19/15, 6:52:06 PM] Terran: ANTIQUE GENERALLY MEANS OLDER THAN 50 YEARS, AS ITS COMMONLY USED
[10/19/15, 6:53:26 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. THE USE OF THE WORD WAS INCORRECT. WE DO APOLOGIZE. HIDDEN/STEALTH/SECRET ARE BETTER CHOICES TO DESCRIBE THE TRANSACTIONS. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 4:33:34 PM] Terran: CAN YOU PLEASE LIST THE ZONES.
[10/19/15, 4:33:56 PM] NEVADA RANGE OF 1,000 ACRES.
[10/19/15, 4:34:08 PM] CALIFORNIA REGION SURROUNDING MOUNT SHASTA
[10/19/15, 8:31:05 PM] Terran: ANY CORRESPONDENCE TO THESE AREA AND SACRED MOUNTAINS OTHER THAN SHASTA?
[10/20/15, 1:04:37 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN NO OTHER SACRED AREAS OTHER THAN THE NATIVE LANDS AND THE TWO MOUNTAINS OF SHASTA AND DENALI. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 8:33:28 PM] Terran: AK: WERE ANY PROPERTIES OBTAINED IN
[10/20/15, 1:05:30 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THERE IS A STRICT ORDER TO POLITICS IN TEXAS. THERE WAS NO TRADE OF LAND IN THE TEXAS REGION TO THE CHINESE. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 1:15:11 AM] Terran: AK: What is the order of politics in Texas?
[10/20/15, 1:16:29 AM] DEAR ON/AK/TERRAN THE TEXAS POLITICAL SYSTEM IS UNLIKE ANY OTHER STATE. THE OLD BOYS NETWORK RULES THE ROOST AND THAT DOES NOT ALLOW FOR ANY CLINTONS HILLARY OR OTHERWISE TO INTERFERE IN LOCAL MATTERS. THE TEXANS TAKE THEIR LANDOWNERSHIP TO A WHOLE NEW LEVEL. VERY POSSESSIVE. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 1:19:21 AM] Terran: AK: Clintons are said to be allied with the Texas Camp…
[10/20/15, 1:21:07 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. THE ‘TEXAS CAMP’ TOLERATES THE CLINTONS WHEN IT SUITS THEM. WHICH IS NOT OFTEN THESE DAYS. IN LOVEJOY. END.
On 10/19/15, at 10:02 PM, Terran wrote:> AK Were any current or former US Military Bases sold to the Chinese?
[10/20/15, 1:07:10 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THERE WERE NO MILITARY BASES TRADED TO THE CHINESE.
On 10/20/15, at 12:37 AM, Terran wrote:
> AK: A man in England claims one of the Marcos clan in the Philippines said the Chinese told him they own an entire USA State. Is this true? If so which one?
[10/20/15, 1:07:50 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THERE IS NO WHOLE STATE THAT IS OWNED BY THE CHINESE. BUT THAT DOES NOT MEAN THAT THE CHINESE ARE NOT EAGER TO OWN AN ENTIRE STATE. IN COMPLETE LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 1:08:48 AM] Terran: AK: Which state is most desired by the Chinese?
[10/20/15, 1:09:15 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. ALL OF THEM. AND THAT IS NOT IN JEST. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 1:09:33 AM] THE OWNERSHIP OF THE MANHATTAN SKYLINE IS A FIRST GOAL IN ORDER. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 4:35:52 PM] THE MANY NATIONAL PARKS, INCLUDING YOSEMITE, SMOKY MOUNTAINS, EVERGLADES….
[10/19/15, 7:06:12 PM] Terran: AK: DID THE CHINESE BUY THE GRAND CANYON? SEE:http://nationalreport.net/chinese-investors-buy-grand-canyon/
[10/19/15, 7:06:48 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN FOR A PITTANCE. YES. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 7:07:09 PM] Terran: AK: WHAT WAS THE EXCHANGED VALUE FOR THE GRAND CANYON?
[10/19/15, 7:07:58 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN DOLLARS ON THE THOUSANDS. THE DEAL WAS SECURED FOR A “TRADE OFF” TEN BILLION DOLLARS OFF THE ‘PERCEIVED’ DEBT. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 7:12:45 PM] Terran: AK: ARE THE CHINESE PAYING THE SALARIES OF THE NATIONAL PARK PEOPLE WHO MAINTAIN THESE NATIONAL PARKS? TEDDY ROOSEVELT MUST BE ROLLING OVER IN HIS GRAVE!
[10/19/15, 7:14:16 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. THE CORPORATE US GOVERNMENT IS PAYING THE BILL.
[10/19/15, 7:13:08 PM] Terran: AK: WHAT ABOUT MT RUSHMORE?
[10/19/15, 7:14:16 PM] MOUNT RUSHMORE INDEED WAS PART OF THE TRADE. THERE IS A HIDDEN REVENUE STREAM FUNNELED TO THE CHINESE VIA TAXES ON PURCHASES AND FOODS. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 7:40:40 PM] Terran: AK: WAS YELLOWSTONE PARK ALSO SOLD?
[10/19/15, 7:40:53 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN YES INDEED.
[10/19/15, 7:41:00 PM] Terran: AK: OLYMPIC NATIONAL PARK?
[10/19/15, 7:41:19 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN NO NOT OLYMPIC NATIONAL PARK.
[10/19/15, 7:41:13 PM] Terran: AK: YOSEMITE?
[10/19/15, 7:41:25 PM] YES YOSEMITE.
RELATED: YOSEMITE LOGGING WHILE PARK WAS CLOSED
RELATED: WYOMING THREATENS TO SELL GRAND TETON LANDS
[10/19/15, 7:41:34 PM] Terran: AK: REDWOOD NATIONAL FOREST?
[10/19/15, 7:41:57 PM] Terran: AK: PETRIFIED FOREST?
[10/19/15, 7:42:36 PM] REDWOOD NATIONAL FOREST YES. PETRIFIED FOREST NOT IN OUR RECORDS.
|Road through a Redwood Tree, Redwood National Forest|
|Damnation Creek, Redwood National Forest, California|
[10/19/15, 8:23:59 PM] Terran: AK: WHAT LANDS IN ALASKA WERE TRANSFERRED TO THE CHINESE?
[10/19/15, 8:25:30 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THE CHINESE OWN DENALI NATIONAL PARK.
|Denali National Park, Alaska|
[10/19/15, 8:24:14 PM] Terran: AK: DID CANADA HAVE SIMILAR TRANSACTIONS WITH THE CHINESE?
[10/19/15, 8:25:30 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THE CANADIANS ARE UNDER THE PROTECTION OF THE CROWN. THERE ARE NO LAND DEALS WITH THE CHINESE THERE. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/19/15, 7:42:19 PM] THE TRANSFERS ARE WELL HIDDEN ARE THEY NOT? THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS ARE IN A DOCUMENT PREPARED BY THE ONE SENATOR CLINTON BEFORE HER ADVANCEMENT.
[10/19/15, 7:43:04 PM] Terran: IS THE DOCUMENT SEALED SOMEWHERE FROM PUBLIC EYES? IS ANY OF THIS DATA ON HER PRIVATE EMAILS AS SECRETARY OF STATE? IF SO DO YOU HAVE COPIES?
[10/19/15, 7:44:17 PM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN WE DO HAVE ALL DATA FROM ALL TRANSACTIONS. WE DO NOT HAVE A “MEANS/METHOD” TO GET IT TO YOU.
AK: EMAILS WOULD BE A BIT TOUGH FOR OUR CONDUIT TO BRING THRU….
THERE IS A NATIONAL PARKS SERVICE BILL THAT WAS NOT SIGNED INTO LAW. YOU MAY FIND DETAILS THEREIN. IT IS ACCESSIBLE ON YOUR WEB. IN LOVEJOY. END
[10/19/15, 7:47:20 PM] Terran: DO YOU HAVE LEGISLATION BILL NUMBER FOR THAT?
[DENICE HAD TO TAKE A BREAK, WILL FILL THIS IN LATER...]
On 10/19/15, at 8:44 PM, Terran wrote: > was Hillary’s stuff in added amendments?
DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THE BILL WAS NOT PASSED. IT IS IN THE TEXT UNSEEN BUT RECORDED THAT THE PROVISIONS FOR DECISIONS ARE LEFT TO THE ADMINISTRATION IN LOVEJOY. END.
(cont. from above) ….AND THE RESERVATIONS OF THE SIOUX, NAVAJO, APACHE, AND REGALA [a small tribe/band in New Mexico] IN ARIZONA, NEW MEXICO, AND COLORADO.
|Navajo Reservation in Arizona, Utah, New Mexico (CLICK TO ENLARGE)|
|Apache Lands (CLICK TO ENLARGE)|
RELATED: Congress To Sell Ancesterial Apache Lands To Chinese interests. Huffington Post 12/03/2014
|Great Sioux Reservation|
[10/19/15, 6:04:12 PM] Terran: AK: THE LAND OF THE SIOUX IS KNOWN FOR GOLD DEPOSITS, IS THAT THE INTEREST OF THE CHINESE IN THAT? NAVAJO HAVE COAL AND URANIUM. I AM NOT CERTAIN WHAT MINERALS ARE ON APACHE LAND. WAS MINERAL DEPOSITS THE REASON FOR THE CHINESE PURCHASE? WAS IT OUTRIGHT LAND PURCHASE OR MINERAL RIGHTS ONLY?
[10/19/15, 6:27:04 PM] DENICE: DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN NO HE WAS NOT. IN LOVEJOY. END.
|Map of Black Hills Gold mining on the Sioux Reservation|
[10/19/15, 4:36:44 PM] THERE ARE BUILDINGS AS WELL, SINGULAR WITH JUST THE LAND THEY SIT ON. THESE INCLUDE IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA THE SMITHSONIAN MUSUEM, AND THE WASHINGTON MONUMENT.
RELATED: SUGGESTED SALE OF THE WASHINGTON MONUMENT AND YELLOWSTONE
RELATED: BRITAIN SELLS OFF ROYAL MINT
[10/19/15, 4:37:19 PM] THE REST ARE HOUSES/MANSIONS IN AND AROUND NEW YORK CITY AND WASHINGTON DC WITH TWO IN THE LOS ANGELES VALLEY. IN LOVEJOY END.
|Map of the Washington Monument, and the Smithsonian|
|CLICK TO ENLARGE|
[10/20/15, 2:06:19 AM] Terran: AK: Are the Chinese buying these lands under the guise of world heritage sites?
[10/20/15, 2:07:53 AM] DENICE: DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. THE CHINESE HAVE RECEIVED THESE SITES IN EXCHANGE FOR LOWER DEBT AND IN EXCHANGE FOR THE GOLD THAT “HAS GONE MISSING”. THE LOWER MANAGEMENT OF THE US CORPORATE GOVERNMENT HAS NO IDEA OF THE FORMER MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE ABOVE THEIR PAY GRADES. IN LOVEJOY END.
[10/20/15, 2:08:38 AM] Terran: AK: Is it debt owed to the PRC debt or dragon family?
[10/20/15, 2:09:17 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN. BOTH. BUT THE DRAGONS
ARE ACCEPTING THE PROPERTY ON BEHALF OF THEIR UNDERLINGS THE PRC CORP. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 2:09:44 AM] DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN THE GOLDEN DRAGONS LEAD THE PACK. IN LOVEJOY. END.
[10/20/15, 2:10:20 AM] Terran: AK: Is it accurate to say the land holdings are thru dragon family corps? Rather tha PRC state owned corps?
[10/20/15, 2:12:46 AM] DENICE: DEAR ONE/AK/TERRAN YES MOST OF THE PROPERTIES ARE IN DIFFERENT HOLDINGS/CORPORATIONS OWNED BY THE DRAGONS. IN LOVEJOY. END.
10 Disturbing Facts Most Americans Are Too Fearful to Face
This information has been made available by Ready Nutrition
Sometimes you have to put out information in hopes that those who haven’t heard this will at least absorb a fraction of it.
If you haven’t heard this and you absorb just one of these random points, I believe that may be enough to cause a major paradigm shift your life or in the life of someone you know.
Here are 10 random, mostly recent but some archival information that is factual and verifiable for anyone willing to look it up.
Genetically Modified Foods are illegal in many countries for health and medical reasons all the while the U.S. passes laws making GMO labeling illegal. You may be thinking, say what?
That’s right. U.S. citizens are being propagandized daily and are being practically forced to blindly consume GMOs while countries like Austria, Bulgaria, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Japan, Luxembourg, Madeira, New Zealand, Peru, Australia, Russia, France and Switzerland have all booted Monsanto and their GMO crops from their countries.
That’s like being booted out of a town for being a rapist and child molester only to have that same person settle into the next town over and become a grade school teacher or pastor.
Now imagine the citizens of that other town having a law forced on them that says rapists and child molesters must be allowed to teach little kids and run churches. That’s what we’re talking about here.
While humanity in other countries wake up fully to the dangers of GMO foods, Monsanto and other GMO food producers are having a feast in the U.S. buying out politicians, distorting news, research and evidence that proves GMO foods are directly linked to cancer.
Like a scene from a bad movie only it’s not a movie it life. Actually it’s YOUR life if you are in the United States dealing with this nightmare.
As bizarre as it seems, only in the U.S. do criminal corporations like Monsanto enjoy the benefits of the support of the political and legal system. A bird’s eye view of the situation clearly shows how corrupt and evil the control system in the United States really is.
Sadly, most Americans have no idea that they are being lied to every day and lured into eating dangerous cancer causing and health destroying food just so that someone can profit from your disease later on.
2. The USA is a Corporation
Shockingly, this fraudulent synthetic corporate government entity is the only “United States” most people in America know today.
And this non-governmental corporate entity covering a 10 square mile grid in Washington D.C. parades as a sovereign legitimate government and has been doing so for over 100 years.
Of all the things that need to be repaired and reversed in the United States, this one issue one of the most important root issue for people to wrap their heads around.
Imagine the impact of getting a real grassroots movement of people to push awareness of the truth of the current District of Columbia U.S. Corporate Government and the corresponding imitation Constitution OF the United States (instead of “For” the United States as stated in the original organic document).
This is one of those issues that most people don’t know where to start, how to apply this idea, and how to lead this idea in a meaningful way so they simply give up. The fact is that people are afraid to face this mega-sized issue with overwhelming implications for the average person.
The Top of the Pyramid: The Rothschilds, the Vatican and the British Crown Rule World
3. The planned invasion of 7 countries in 5 years
“7 countries in 5 years”- This wide open confession came straight out of the mouth of U.S. General Wesley Clark years after the illegal invasion of Iraq.
The General openly spilled the beans on the U.S. military’s plan to illegally invade 7 countries in the Middle East under the lie of the war on terror. Shockingly to this day no war crimes trials have taken place.
No one has been executed, convicted or imprisoned for these massive war crimes against humanity. Shockingly, the criminals even still make TV appearances and prance around the country offering their opinions and enjoying a comfortable life appearing at events and speaking.
In fact, General Wesley Clark himself ended up being promoted to lead NATO units in the Middle East.
He has even made recent propaganda appearances on TV playing into the Jade Helm “master the human domain” psyop teasing freedom lovers with Hitler-like rhetoric about caging anyone who doesn’t agree with the U.S. government!
4. The Chemtrail depopulation agenda
The U.S. military and its defense contractors have over 150+ live and legitimate patents for spraying the sky with nano-particles all the while the masses are told it’s “conspiracies”.
Those still unaware of this may be shocked to know these patents are not even hidden from the public. You can read them all for yourself.
Despite this open knowledge these programs roll on comfortably as we have observed their spraying techniques change from various forms of chemtrails to aerosolized plumes/injections or chembombs to a mixture of both.
Astoundingly, we are now living at a time when we are surrounded by a generation of young Americans that think tic-tac-toe is normal in the sky. They think that crazy lines in the sky are part of nature.
They see advertisements with lines in the sky and think nothing of it. They have no idea that not long ago there was a time when there were no lines in the sky at all.
They have no concept of blue skies and clear starry nights. Shockingly and sadly an integral part of this lack of knowledge is the fear of knowing.
More than any other topic, probably the spraying of our skies is cloaked in fear and anxiety of what to do if it is true. Many people would rather not know.
- The United Nations Exposes Chemtrails: 100% PROOF We Are Being Poisoned
- NASA Scientist Admits Chemtrails
5. Jade Helm
As briefly mentioned in #3, the United States Military is currently conducting an admitted A.I. psychological operation on the human domain as people carry on as usual.
It’s called Jade Helm and right now learning more about Jade Helm for many Americans means putting down that remote control, turning off that ballgame, pausing the video game or missing their favorite TV show.
It takes work to research this and more importantly the insecurity that comes with knowing that our own military is studying you the individual to control you is again too profound to really understand for some.
They might ask, why would the military do this? Not knowing that the new world order has been planned for over 100 years now.
This is another issue that is too overwhelming for the average person to understand or more importantly face head-on. SOCOM documents exposed by researchers are clear about the intention of Jade Helm Jade 2 software and no matter how much you ignore it, it’s still here, it’s very real and it’s in motion as we speak.
6. The Federal Reserve is a private bank and all money printed are illegal and worthless
The entire debt based fiat worthless paper money circulating in the U.S. is supplied and controlled by a private corporation with no legal authority to do so. We call them the Federal Reserve. It’s the illegal private banking system created officially in 1913 under the ‘Federal Reserve Act’ which Congress gave a green light to.
This single act essentially handed the United States of America to a gang of private bankers with no accountability to the people. Along with the Act of 1871, this Federal Reserve Act is also one of the most significant and horrific turning points in the history of America.
An act that accounts for many of the problems and sufferings in American for now over 100 years.
If enough people could finally wrap their heads around this single reality, that a private illegal mob ofbanksters have psyched out and enslaved Americans, fooling them into accepting their fake fiat currency while ensuring their perpetual enslavement, the full-on revolution would start today.
7. “Conspiracy” doesn’t mean what you think it does
Throughout the history of humanity people do things by planning it out, this simple act or organizing is considered bizarre, unlikely and improbable by a generation of brainwashed people controlled by one hypnotic word: “conspiracy“!
That’s right. You may be reading this and thinking this refers to you. The simple phrase “conspiracy” or “conspiracy theory” has singlehandedly mind-controlled millions of Americans like no other word or phrase has. Unfortunately there is no way around it.
“Conspiracy” is a substitute word for an otherwise ordinary act of planning or coordinating. Something all people do especially groups like corporations and governments. You MUST plan, organize, or “conspire” to do things. That’s how things get done!
8. ISIS was created by the CIA, just like Al Qaeda before it
The U.S. has been caught numerous times militarily defending, arming, supplying and training ISIS fighters.
Here we are at the one year anniversary of the ISIS super psyop American TV marketing campaign and today the ISIS psyop has been blown wide open more often than the amount of times the global warming movement has been exposed as lies.
These reports trapping U.S. and Israeli (NATO) governments in boldface staged lies and capturing solid evidence of their support for ISIS have gone completely ignored and censored by U.S. mainstream media to keep the ISIS psyop narrative going in the minds of Americans.
The situation is so controlled and so propagandized that even if every member of ISIS went on TV tomorrow exclusively expressing their partnership with CIA and Mossad, the very next day U.S. mainstream media will present another ISIS story telling you how much they are the enemy and need to be defeated.
Make no mistake, this control system is completely immune and entirely unfazed by truth, hard evidence and hard facts.
The evidence: America Created Al-Qaeda and the ISIS Terror Groups
9. Israel was involved in the 9/11 attacks
Turning back the clock- 5 Israeli men were caught, arrested, fingerprinted and detained on September 11th 2001 after they were celebrating the destruction of the world trade center seconds after the buildings were destroyed, while the buildings burned AND while the rest of America watched in shock and tears.
These men were later mysteriously released back to Israel where they bragged on camera about being in New York City to “document the event”.
The history of Israeli entities involvement in the 9/11 attacks are particularly concrete yet the frightening reality is that today’s U.S. mainstream media acts like none of this ever happened.
For this reason it’s always good to remind everyone that this is very real. The individuals names are Sivan Kurzberg, Paul Kurzberg, Yaron Shonvel, Oded Ellner and Omer Gavriel Marmari and they were given a clean pass back to Israel by then Chief of Justice Department Michael Chertoff.
Of course Chertoff would later become Director of George Bush’s Homeland Security and play a significant role in writing the Patriot Act.
Plainly put, one of the head masterminds of 9/11 essentially singlehandedly released a handful of key 9/11 suspects and allowed them to fly peacefully and freely back to their Israel homeland to brag about what they did.
- Pilot Who Flew The Airplanes That Crashed on 9/11 Blows the Whistle
- Bill Cooper Was Killed Shortly After Predicting 9/11 and Naming Osama bin Laden as Scapegoat
10. The government can legally lie to you — it’s called propaganda
In the U.S, like it was with Hitler’s Germany, propaganda is perfectly legal. Most Americans have no idea this is the case.
They don’t realize that the U.S. corporate fraudulent government can legally lie to you every single day to get you to believe whatever they want you to believe and then turn around behind closed doors and laugh at you for believing their legal lies.
Try telling that to most Americans and see how they look at you.
This is another example of a hard-to-handle lie that is pushed on Americans every day and the average working American has no time to truly wrap their heads around this stunning fact so they bury their heads in the sand instead, unwilling to look at the issue because the fear they won’t know what to do with the information.
It’s no wonder that today TV shows and comedic rants are often shaped to put a positive slant on lying. To trivialize the seriousness and the consequences of lying. They even make lying seem like an evil necessity or even a cool trend.
Most people are completely unaware of these subliminal messages that endorse the control of a government whose survival is dependent on continuous lies and deceit.
Let’s keep sharing the information and forcing people to look at this information. These are just 10 random issues I felt are important but there could be another 10 here just as easily.
Information is spreading and people are getting this. Sometimes it takes hitting rock-bottom before people take action and start to think differently.
Whatever drives someone you can always be sure that pushing the information will help accelerate this process. Let’s keep doing that and if you agree share this information with someone and give them something to think about.
This information has been made available by Ready Nutrition
JFK Jr. Told The World Who Murdered His Father – But Nobody Was Paying Attention
I suppose most people think that from the day he saluted his father’s casket at just three years old, til the evening his plane went down, he just went about his business, playing the game of life like everyone else.
After all, he did live, for the most part, a relatively ordinary life, in spite of being the Prince of America’s Camelot.
So, what do you suppose was going on in the mind of the sexiest man alive? He could have written his own political ticket, yet he went into publishing. Many expected him to land in politics and most likely were a bit perplexed when he decided to publish a magazine instead.
Some thought he was afraid to go into politics because of the “Kennedy Curse.” However, nothing could be further from the truth. What he did proved to be more dangerous than any political arena, and he knew that from the start. But…John-John had a mission…and that mission was to expose the villain who orchestrated that “dastardly act” upon his father.
Unbeknownst to the public, John-John was digging deep for proof. And, how else could he expose the truth when all the media outlets were controlled by the very cabal he planned to expose?Enter…”George.”
When he presented his magazine, “George,” to the world, he was, for all practical purposes, signing his own death warrant.
“George” was a veiled threat…in a symbolic sort of way. Do you see? How many men named “George” comes to mind at just the thought of President John F. Kennedy’s so called assassination? The cabal wanted his father dead, that is a fact, but the namesake of John F. Kennedy, Jr.’s magazine…their minion, arranged it. And…once he had the proof, the truth would come out in his very own magazine. Do you see?
“As President, John F. Kennedy understood the predatory nature of private central banking. He understood why Andrew fought so hard to end the Second Bank of the United States. So Kennedy wrote and signed Executive Order 11110 which ordered the US Treasury to issue a new public currency, the United States Note.
Kennedy was working with President Soekarno of Indonesia who was at that time the signatory for the Global Collateral Accounts which were intended to be used for humanitarian purposes but which were subverted at the time of the Bretton-Woods agreement at the end of WWII.
The intention of Kennedy and Soekarno was to end the reign of the globalist privately owned central banking system – which is the main reason that Kennedy was killed, and for his part Soekarno remained under house arrest for the rest of his life.” From: All Wars Are Bankers’ Wars
There was a rumor that John-John had obtained the proof he needed and an expose’ was in the works, until his untimely, and mostly “suspicious,” death. Of course, the media campaigned that he was an irresponsible thrill seeker; but then they would, wouldn’t they? Although many people knew JFK, Jr. was murdered; and they were right about who was responsible…they were just wrong about the reason.
John Jr. was warned by family members about the risks involved in his pursuit. But, he was determined to get justice for his father and bring truth to light, exposing the darkness that shrouds our planet. So ask yourself…what would you do, if you were a mere babe when your father, who just happened to be the most important man in the country, was murdered in such a gruesome manner, and you never had the opportunity to know him…would you just let it go?
Although he was from one of the main Illuminati family bloodlines, JFK was in fact trying to undo some of the mess – and to bring an end to the Reserve Banking System. For his efforts he was assassinated on November 22, 1963.
The Bush Connections
Many researchers and historians have come to the conclusion that it was the elite power structure running the US Government that were responsible for the assassination of JFK, and that there was more than one reason for them doing so.
There are photographs claiming to show that George Bush was at Dealey Plaza on the day of the killing, and while they might be inconclusive there are multiple other sources that George Bush was one of those responsbile for the assassination of JFK and that he was indeed there that day. The Dark Legacy takes an in depth look into the evidence supporting this.
It Never Ends – MORE Startling Evidence of Bush in Dallas – by John Hankey – TheDarkLegacy.com
I don’t think we are much encouraged to see History as science. Quite the opposite, actually. And of course, that’s all politics. The winners write history, and the truth be damned. Even science can have trouble trying to act like science when political issues are involved, as we see with evolution, tobacco-and-cancer, and global warming.
But I think History does have a lot in common with physical science. For example, I can remember when “Continental Drift”, the idea that Africa and America were once stuck together, was very much considered “just a theory”; ridiculed by some, and regarded with amusement by many, and promulgated as likely by a tiny minority.
“Fifty men have run America, and that’s a high figure.”
– Joseph Kennedy, Father of JFK, in the July 26th, 1936 issue of The New York Times
But as time goes by, the evidence accumulates; and the meaning of old evidence begins to settle in; and ideas that were once considered outrageous gradually get worn in and start to be regarded as obvious common sense. Part of this process is the continual accumulation of new evidence.
New pieces are added to the puzzle and the picture becomes more clear. And sometimes the hidden meaning of old evidence, that has been lying around for years, suddenly jumps out.
Evidence of the fossils and minerals that can be found on the east coast of Africa, and on the west coast of Brazil, may have been lying around for years, before someone decided to look and see if they matched, and found that they did; and proved conclusively that west Africa and Brazil were once attached.
With regard to George HW Bush and the murder of John Kennedy, Joseph McBride found this memo in 1988.
FBI director J. Edgar Hoover wrote this memo 5 days after the assassination, naming George Bush as a CIA officer.
The last, and most crucial paragraph, is very hard to read. The following is a transcription:
“The substance of the forgoing information was orally furnished to Mr. George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency and Captain William Edwards of the Defense Intelligence Agency on November 23, 1963, by Mr. V.T. Forsyth of this Bureau.”
When it was first released in 1978, George Bush was an obscure bureaucrat, a virtual unknown. So when the best researchers on the planet saw this memo in 1978, they didn’t pay much attention to it. When Bush became vice president two years later, no one was able to connect his now well-known name to this obscure memo.
But when Joseph McBride was messing around in 1988, Bush was running for president; and when McBride saw the memo, he jumped up and shouted:
“Hey, this memo is about Bush! It says he was in the CIA, way back in 1963!”
And for the longest time, the focus was on this simple isolated fact: that Hoover said Bush was in the CIA in ’63.
Bush said the memo must be referring to another “George Bush,” because he wasn’t in the CIA at that time. But over the years, people were able to assemble the facts from Bush’s personal life, showing his deep involvement with the CIA at that time, and with the CIA’s anti-Castro Cubans (in the memo, Hoover calls them “misguided anti-Castro Cubans”).
And over time, it has become undeniable; that Hoover was referring, in his memo, to none other than George Herbert Walker Bush. And for a while, that was it. End of story.
But the title of this Hoover memo is, “Assassination of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy”. Isn’t that important?
Well, you’d think so. But for the longest time, no one made much out it. Besides, Hoover scarcely mentions the assassination in the memo, instead focusing on these “misguided anti-Castro Cubans.” The body of the memo does not appear, at first, to be in any way related to the title of the memo “the assassination of President John F Kennedy”.
From Rolling Stone Magazine: The Last Confession of E. Howard Hunt
But then Mark Lane, in his book Rush to Judgment, did the fabulous work of demonstrating, and in fact persuading a jury, that E. Howard Hunt, a major lieutenant in the CIA’s “misguided anti-Castro Cuban” program, was in Dallas and involved in the assassination.
With this background, with this framework to guide the researcher, it was then possible to assemble the considerable evidence linking Bush to Hunt.
People might have taken some notice before that Bush made the unusual request, as Nixon’s ambassador to the UN, to be given an office in the White House. They may have noticed that Hunt,although he was not being paid by anyone in the White House, or answering to anyone that we know of in the White House, also had a White House office.
“The very word “secrecy” is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings…
Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe… no war ever posed a greater threat to our security.
If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only say that the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent… For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day.I
t is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised.
No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”
– John F Kennedy, 35th President of the United States, from a speech delivered to the American Newspaper Publishers Association on April 27, 1961 and known as the “Secret Society” speech (click here for full transcript and audio).
But with the Hoover memo in hand, establishing Bush as a supervisor of the CIA’s “misguided anti-Castro Cuban” operation, it is possible to connect Bush to Hunt at the Bay of Pigs. With this memo in hand, it is possible to connect Bush and Hunt as two CIA operatives with offices inside the White House.
With this memo in hand, it is possible to answer who it was that Hunt answered to inside the White House; and how he got the office in the first place. And with all that, it is possible to connect Bush to Hunt, and therefore to Dallas, to Hunt in Dallas, and to the “misguided anti-Castro Cuban” assassins of John Kennedy.
J. Edgar hoover
Which is what Hoover did for us when he wrote the title of the memo. Little by little, the pieces start to fall into place. And pieces that in isolation meant nothing, become key parts of a whole picture.
But even so, this is not a rock-solid connection: Hunt was directly involved in the murder of JFK. And Bush supervised Hunt.
But Bush probably supervised a lot of CIA people, not all of whom were directly involved in the assassination. A high-ranking officer may be connected to all of the acts of all of his troops, by reason of his being their commander. But it’s not a direct connection. It doesn’t establish that the officer knew about, or approved of, or was involved in, all the actions of those troops.
Enter FBI memo # 2:
It will come up again in a minute, so please read the first line carefully. Bush identifies himself to the FBI as an independent oil man from Houston.
This memo establishes that sort of direct connection between Bush and Hunt, in Dallas, on the day of the assassination.
This memo records Bush’s phone call to the FBI, precisely an hour and fifteen minutes after the assassination. When I first encountered this memo, and when I first put it into my movie, JFK II, I simply called it “weird”.
I saw it only in isolation, a weird, isolated connection between Bush and the assassination. It took me years to see it in context. That is, to see that this phone call demonstrates, clearly, that George Bush, was on duty that day.
He was staying at the Dallas Sheraton because his duty assignment was in Dallas. His phone call to the FBI cannot have been random. This James Parrott worked for Bush as a sign-painter; he was not an assassin; this phone call is not what it purports to be; Bush was fulfilling some obscure under-cover function in making this call.
So the phone call has to be seen as part of his CIA assignment; which was clearly connected to the assassination. This memo then establishes that Bush was in the Dallas area, and on duty; and that his duty assignment was connected to the assassination. And if his men were in Dallas shooting the President, as they were, he was certainly on duty supervising them.
“The Society [Society of Jesus aka the Jesuits] employs a variety of ruthless tactics to accomplish its long-term goal (of a New World Order which pays homage to their Black Pope). One is carrying out political assassinations of world leaders who refuse to comply with its demands.
These assassinations in the U.S. have included presidents (Abraham Lincoln, JFK), cabinet members, congressmen, senators, diplomats, journalists, scientists and religious and business leaders. ”
“Assassinations are carried out by the aforementioned intelligence agencies and their Mafia partners in the drug and gambling trades, often with collateral assistance from the Knights of Malta, the Freemasons, the Knights of Columbus, and Propaganda Due (P2). Such was the case in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and some former Popes.”
If he were not supposed to be supervising them, his bosses would have assigned him to be at his home office in Houston, Texas; or on his oil rigs in the Caribbean.
But, even in context, this memo and the phone call it describes is still weird, no? I mean, how could Bush have been so stupid as to make this insanely incriminating phone call? Without this FBI memo, recording this phone call, we don’t know, or even have a good clue as to where Bush was, or what he was doing the day of the assassination. Do we?
Bush has, until recently, simply said that he did not remember what he was doing the day of the assassination. But with this memo, Bush tells us where he was and what he was doing – he hands us his head on a silver platter.
What could possibly have motivated him to make such a stupid error as making this phone call to the FBI? It’s a valid question. It’s not an essential question. We can still value this memo, and extract a great deal of important content from it without answering the question of why, but the question remains.
And we can make a stab at answering it. Russ Baker in his fine book, Family of Secrets suggests that Bush was attempting to establish an alibi. Now, by making this phone call, he, in fact, establishes that he was in the Dallas area, and that he was on duty, related to the assassination.
So if he’s trying to establish an alibi to cover-up where he actually was and what he was actually doing, what he is trying to cover up must be some pretty bad stuff, some pretty incriminating stuff, if it’s worse than what he gives us with this alibi.
And what could be worse than what he gives us? Well, obviously, he must have actually been in Dallas. In fact, I think, this situation suggests he must have actually been in Dealey Plaza. I mean seriously. Think about it. He’s so panicked about the truth coming out, that he puts his head in a noose and hands it to us.
It makes me think he must have been in Dealey Plaza, he must have been in the company of the shooters, and he must have felt that there would be evidence to prove that.
We’re just speculating at the moment. We’ll get to the evidence right now, but I’m trying to set the scene. If a guilty party is in a panic, trying to cover evidence connecting them to a crime, they may invent an explanation, or an alibi, that seems like a good idea at the time; but that in fact constitutes a very damaging admission. Anyway, stew on that while you consider this photo:
You see this tall thin man in a suit, with a receding hair line. Many people claim this is Bush, standing in front of the Texas School Book Depository. And it might be. It might be a lot of people. And perhaps, when he called the FBI and incriminated himself, Bush was concerned that he might show up in a better picture than this, where he was positively recognizable, looking towards the camera.
Personally, I don’t think this photo looks much like Bush; and in fact, I didn’t think he’d be stupid enough to just be hanging around the murder scene. I thought he was sufficiently high ranking that he’d leave such on-scene stuff to his underlings. Right?
At least in my mind, if you’re an officer like Bush, you’re the coach. You plan, you train and prepare your people, and then you stand back and watch it happen. Or so I thought. Fletcher Prouty was certain that he saw pictures of Ed Lansdale, a military operative of the highest rank, signaling to the “tramps” arrested behind the grassy knoll to “be cool,” that everything was alright.
Hunt was a high-ranking CIA officer, chief of the CIA’s Mexico station; and his son says he is one of the “tramps” who show up in several photos of men who were arrested behind the grassy knoll. So, some of the highest ranking members of the killers’ operation were apparently there, on the front line, to make sure that when things went wrong, as they inevitably do, these high ranking officers could be there to fix whatever the problem was.
So, given that high- and low- ranking CIA officers were present, this photo of this thin man in a suit might, indeed, be Bush. It’s possible.
And now, look at this picture of the Dal-Tex building. The Dal-Tex building is across the street from the Book Depository, and many leading researchers into the assassination, including Jim Garrison, say there was certainly a team of shooters in this building:
And as you can see, some imaginative individual has added some colour to indicate three men in this window. Very creative, very imaginative; and at least plausible. Still, it takes way too much imagination and effort, to see Bush’s face. But now observe this link.
Actually, You don’t have to stop and read it, because I’ll quote the relevant part. It’s a statement from Roger Craig, winner of the deputy of the year award for Dallas in 1960, and one of the most honest men working that day in Dallas. He’s an amazing and heroic fellow, worthy of all the time you could take looking into his background and character. And here, in the following passage, he is describing a conversation he had with Jim Garrison, and he says,
“Jim also asked me about the arrests made in Dealey Plaza that day. I told him I knew of twelve arrests, one in particular made by R. E. Vaughn of the Dallas Police Department. The man Vaughn arrested was coming from the Dal-Tex Building across from the Texas School Book Depository.
The only thing which Vaughn knew about him was that he was an independent oil operator from Houston, Texas. The prisoner was taken from Vaughn by Dallas Police detectives and that was the last that he saw or heard of the suspect.”
Holy Moe Lee! Please notice that, in speaking to Jim Garrison, Craig says “in particular”. Apparently he and Vaughn thought this was the most significant arrest made that day; pretty amazing given that E.Howard Hunt was arrested in the rail yard behind the grassy knoll. And the only thing Craig knew about this “particular” arrestee was that he had exactly the same singular CIA-cover, “an independent oil operator from Houston, Texas”, that George Bush had used that same day in his contact with the FBI.
Now. There are a very limited number of possible explanations for who this “independent oil operator” was. Let’s look at them.
It is conceivable that the CIA had two men in Dallas area that day, supervising the shooters, who both had the designated cover of being an “independent oil operator from Houston.” Bush was one, as the evidence above clearly shows; and perhaps there was another who was with the shooters in the Dal-Tex building, supervising them directly.
But unless the CIA overlords were trying to set Bush up, they would not have told anyone else to use Bush’s CIA cover to identify themselves to the police. If another man was involved in the crime, and was arrested for it, and he told the cops he was an “independent oil operator from Houston,” this would tend to throw suspicion in Bush’s direction.
“The Khazarian Mafia’s intense hatred of anyone who professed faith in any God but their god Baal has motivated them to murder kings and royalty, and make sure they can never rule. They have done the same with American presidents – running sophisticated covert operations to disempower them.
If that doesn’t work the KM assassinates them, like they did to McKinley, Lincoln and JFK. The KM wants to eliminate any strong rulers or elected officials who dare to resist their Babylonian money-magick power or their covert power gained from their deployment of their human compromise network.”
Bush’s association with the CIA’s Cubans was already widely known. Fletcher Prouty knew and wrote of it. Fabian Escalante, the head of Cuban counter intelligence, knew and has written about it. James Files, who claims very credibly, to have been a driver for the Mafia shooters in Dallas, has spoken on-camera about it.
And FBI director J. Edgar Hoover, knew about it and wrote about it in his memo. So Bush was already a suspect in Hoover’s eyes. The CIA planners, then, would not have told anyone else, “in case you get arrested, tell the cops you’re an independent oil man from Houston”. Right? They would not have done this, since it would tend to incriminate Bush, who was already in a highly visible, highly suspicious position.
Another unlikely possibility is that this “independent oil operator from Houston” was just some innocent oil operator, who somehow managed to attract suspicion, and was arrested. Do you think it’s possible that another oil man from Houston just happened to be in that corner of Dealey Plaza?
Dealey Plaza today
I hope you think it’s possible. Because, as unlikely as it seems, if you think it was possible, then certainly Bush would have been reasonable in thinking that, as he was being arrested, there were other independent oil operators in the crowd who witnessed his arrest.
You see, Bush spoke to a group of oil men in Dallas the night before the assassination. If it were possible that some of them were in Dealey Plaza, he would need to be terrified of the possibility that some of them might actually have seen the arrest, and would have been able to identify him as the object of that arrest.
No wonder, then, that Bush freaked out, and made this stupid incriminating phone call to the FBI. Even if it showed that he was not in Houston, or in the Caribbean, but in Dallas, at least it suggested that he was not in police custody for the murder of the President, in Dealey Plaza.
But now stop and think a minute: Why was he arrested? What was he doing that drew this cop’s attention at all? What could he possibly have been doing to make this cop think that he needed to arrest Bush?
Perhaps walking out of a building without attracting attention is harder than it sounds; and it reasonable to suppose that the crowd outside the Dal-Tex building had heard the shots, had heard that the President had been wounded, and they were carefully scrutinizing anyone who came out of the building.
But this story shows clearly that Bush was not the sort of cold-blooded killer who could take part in the murder of a man, and then act and look like nothing was going on as he tried to leave the scene of the crime. And it turns out that as an old man, Bush continues to suffer from this character trait, of being unable to hide feelings that need to be kept secret.
As you can see below, at Gerry Ford’s funeral, Bush suddenly breaks into a wide grin while speaking of the Kennedy assassination. This is not a Mona Lisa smile. This is face-wrenching spasm of glee.
In a minute we’ll take up the question of why Bush would grin at his recollection of watching John Kennedy’s brains splatter; the point for us now is that he apparently had a similarly inappropriate, show-stopping expression on his face as he attempted to exit the Dal-Tex building; he had the look of a murderer in his eye, so clearly that it could not be missed; as this funereal-grin could not be missed.
And the guilt plastered all over Bush’s face drew people’s attention. And this cop, Vaughn, arrested him.
Now remember, Roger Craig tells this story in the context of his discussions with New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison about the suspects who were arrested that day and who then evaporated without leaving a mugshot, interview, fingerprint, or name. Garrison spoke not only to Roger Craig, but he no-doubt spoke to Vaughn, who made the arrest. And Garrison adds the following:
“At least one man arrested immediately after the shooting had come running out of the Dal-Tex Building and offered no explanation for his presence there. Local authorities hardly could avoid arresting him because of the clamor of the onlookers.
He was taken to the Sheriff’s office, where he was held for questioning. However, the Sheriff’s office made no record of the questions asked this suspect, if any were asked; nor did it have a record of his name. Later two uniformed police officers escorted him out of the building to the jeers of the waiting crowd.
They put him in a police car, and he was driven away. Apparently this was his farewell to Dallas, for he simply disappeared forever.”
– On the Trail of the Assassins, p. 238
This vision of the panicked Bush being arrested, no-doubt terrified as he was taken to the police station, and possibly even booked (though the record of any such booking has been destroyed) provides a context that explains a number of Bush’s otherwise-mysterious actions. Certainly Bush was freaked out and panic-stricken! An angry crowd clamored for his arrest, and jeered his release.
Being a newbie in these dark affairs, Bush didn’t have confidence in the ability of the old devils at CIA to make water run uphill, to make time run backwards, to silence the witnesses, to destroy the records, and make it all go away. And so he panicked; he acted on his own, stupidly; he called the FBI, thinking that he was “cleverly” providing evidence that it wasn’t him who was arrested in front of the Dal-Tex building that day.
In his panic-stricken state, this seemed like a good idea. He was unable to see that he was actually creating a permanent absolutely-positive record of his involvement.
We can now also explain the grin. He grins ridiculously at Gerry Ford’s funeral, at the mention of John Kennedy’s murder, not because he is such a ghoul that he thinks splattering the contents of Kenney’s head all over Jackie Kennedy was funny; but because mentioning the assassination causes him to recall the comedy of errors that produced his own ridiculous panic, arrest, more panic, and so on.
Garrison wrote his paragraph about Bush’s arrest in 1988. Deputy Craig’s article was written in 1971 and posted in 1992. But the significance of these paragraphs was discovered last week. There hardly was an internet in 1992 when Craig’s article was posted. And for 19 years, no one noticed that this phrase,“independent oil man from Houston”, is a very unique description of Bush.
No one noticed until last month, when one of the moderators of JFKMurderSolved showed it to me. And I wrote about it to some friends, and one of them suggested I read what Jim Garrison had to say.
So the pieces continue to fall into place. Little by little, the picture is filled in, the questions get answered. And the conclusions become more incontrovertible. This is just the sort thing that happened with the theory of Evolution and the Big Bang theory; and the theory of continental drift [all three of which are actually bunkum].
And someday they may start to teach history, as a science, based on evidence, in the universities. Really! It could happen!
At which point, Bush’s involvement in JFK’s murder will be taught, like evolution, as the only plausible explanation of the available reliable evidence.
Final note: Until recently, Bush had nothing more to say about his whereabouts the day of the assassination than that he doesn’t remember where he was. That in itself is extraordinarily incriminating.
Everyone who was alive at the time remembers where they were on 9-11, and on the day Kennedy was murdered. But, saying that he doesn’t remember, however improbable, is at least consistent with Bush’s autobiography, which mentions nothing.
Lately, however, perhaps at least partly in response to my work, Bush and Co. have concocted a story that he was speaking in Tyler, Texas to the Rotary Club. The vice-president of the Rotary Club, Aubrey Irby, says that Bush was speaking when the bellhop came over and told him, that Kennedy was dead [Kitty Kelley, The Family: the Real Story of the Bush Dynasty, p.213; cited by Russ Baker in Family of Secrets, p.54].
Mr. Irby passed the information on to Mr. Wendell Cherry, who passed it on to Bush; who stopped his speech. Irby says that Bush explained that he thought a political speech, under the circumstances, was inappropriate; and then he sat down. As a would-be alibi proving Bush’s innocence, there are at least three huge problems with this story.
The first is that it is inconceivable that Bush would not have remembered such an event; or that he would have left it out of his autobiography, since it shows what a fine and respectful fellow he is. If he didn’t remember it sooner, or include it in his autobiography, it’s clearly because it never happened.
The second huge problem with this story is that it couldn’t possibly have happened; that is, it is made impossible by Bush’s original alibi, his phone call to the FBI, as you’ll see:
The witness who tells this story, Aubrey Irby, says that Bush excused himself and sat down. It doesn’t say that he rushed out of the room in a frantic search for a phone.
The problem is that Walter Cronkite’s announcement to the world that Kennedy was dead came at 1:38 PM.
Certainly, no one was listening to Walter Cronkite in the same room in which Bush was speaking. Therefore we can be sure that this bellhop, who told Irby that Kennedy was dead, was in another room. The bellhop had to make the decision that he had heard enough of the news to leave off listening to the news.
This is no small point. Texas governor Connally was severely wounded. Lyndon Johnson was reportedly wounded. There was much other news to be confirmed. At some point, then, the bellhop decided to stop listening and go make an announcement. There’s no reason to think Irby would be the first person he would tell.
But at some point he went to the room where Bush was speaking and informed Mr. Irby that the president was dead. This walk to find Irby took time, of course. Mr. Irby had to receive the information, and then he had to decide to inform Mr. Wendell Cherry, the president of the Kiwanis.
Mr. Cherry had to decide that he should interrupt Bush’s speech; Mr. Cherry had to then walk over to Bush and tell him the news.
Bush had to decide what to say; and he had to say it. And, according to the only witness, Mr. Irby, Bush “then sat down”. Somehow, when he was finished sitting, without attracting Mr. Irby’s attention, Bush had to seek and find a phone. This would have been a hotel phone, so he would likely have had to go through the hotel switchboard to get an outside line.
Do you suppose the switchboard was busy after the announcement of the President’s death? It’s a good guess. In Washington D.C. so many people rushed to make a phone call that the phone system went down. In any case, once he got through to the hotel operator and got an outside line, Bush then had to call information and get the number of the FBI.
After getting through to information, and getting the number, he then had to call the FBI; and penetrate their switchboard, which was, no doubt, very busy; and he had to locate an agent, on what must have been the busiest day in the history of the Dallas bureau.
How many minutes do you suppose that would take? Twenty seems a fair guess, though it seems implausible that a civilian could even get through, given all the official police business going on at the time.
We know that the Dallas FBI was all over the murder scene, confiscating camera film and intimidating witnesses; so it’s hard to imagine how Bush, an hour after the shooting, was able to reach an agent at all. Given the “sitting” that Mr. Irby observed Bush doing, for all this to have transpired in 45 minutes would be tidy work.
But Bush had to do all of this, as the FBI memo states, by 1:45, seven minutes after the news of Kennedy’s death first went out; which is blatantly impossible.
The third problem is this question of why Bush would feel that it was necessary to concoct such a story at all? Why does he have to tell us this lie? Why does he have to get others, like Irby, to lie for him? The irony is that the harder he tries to make himself appear innocent, by lying, the more evidence he gives us of his guilt.
There are some people who manage to point to this and say “ahah! That’s why Bush was in Dallas! Not to kill the President, but to speak to the other oilmen!” But as the Hoover memo shows, being an oilman was just a cover for Bush’s real occupation as a CIA supervisor of trained killers. He needed an excuse for being in Dallas. This speaking engagement provided him with one.
From the Director of Dark Legaqcy: John Hankey
George Bush killed Kennedy. Or was it the Mafia? Maybe Castro did it. Who cares? It was 40 years ago. What difference does it make?
The day he died we lost an invaluable treasure. This video documents that we lost a man of peace, who tried to cool off the cold war, and to get the American people to see their Russian enemies, not as despicable inhuman monsters, but as people like us.
On November 22, 1963, you lost the man who saved your life on October 17, 1962. At the height of the missile crisis, Kennedy’s generals and advisors were urging him to launch a first strike attack against Cuba.
They assured Kennedy that the Russian missiles in Cuba were not nuclear and were not ready; but that he and they should quietly slip away to the safety of bomb shelters anyway, just to be safe; and then launch an attack, leaving the rest of us out to die. Kennedy thought about it. And then he told them that nobody was going anywhere.
If anyone died, they would be the first to go, sitting as they were in the Whitehouse, the prime target of those Russian missiles. Together they then figured out a safer plan. Robert McNamara, Secretary of Defense at the time, recently learned from the Russians that the missiles were armed, were ready, were nuclear, and that their commanders were authorized to use them in case of an attack.
If you live in the northern hemisphere, the lives of your parents, and your future, were certainly saved by John Kennedy on that day. It matters that his killers be exposed.
In his farewell address, President Eisenhower had warned Kennedy, and the rest of us, of the threat posed to democracy by what Eisenhower called “the military industrial complex.”
And while Kennedy famously went after the CIA, and refused to commit troops to Vietnam, I always wondered why he didn’t more openly attack this military industrial complex. And then I stumbled upon a speech he gave at the United Nations.
As you will see in the video, he called upon the Russians, and United Nations, to help him to take on this military industrial complex, in order to “abolish all armies and all weapons.” But he was swept away.
And in the years since, millions have died in needless wars, trillions of dollars have been wasted on “defense”, and millions more people have lived and died needlessly in poverty. It matters that we lost him.
In 2007, Bruce Willis told Vanity Fair magazine;
“They still haven’t caught the guy that killed Kennedy. I’ll get killed for saying this, but I’m pretty sure those guys are still in power, in some form. The entire government of the United States was co-opted.”
Now Willis probably would not mind my suggesting that he’s no genius. At best, his observation is common sense. 80% of the American people agree with him. Indeed, this video, proving that Kennedy was brought down by the most powerful men in the world and their hired thugs, is not based on secret documents.
It is all information that has merely been suppressed. Oswald allegedly shot Kennedy from behind. But the day he died, the NY Times carried the story, told by the doctors in Dallas, that Kennedy had an entrance wound in his throat, another in his right temple, and a large gaping exit wound in the back of his head.
After talking to the emergency room doctors, Kennedy’s press secretary described, to the assembled press, a shot to the right temple from the right front that went “right through the head.”
All of the witnesses near the right front, the grassy knoll, described hearing shots from that direction, and dozens of witnesses raced up the knoll in pursuit of the shooters. These witnesses talked to the press. But all of this information has been suppressed for the last 50 years. By whom? Who could?
You will also see in this video the overwhelming best evidence, from the best witnesses, proving beyond a reasonable dispute, that Kennedy’s body was stolen from Air Force One, and the wound to his right temple was mutilated, before the autopsy.
Jackie Kennedy kept watch over an empty casket on the flight from Dallas to Bethesda Naval Hospital. Then the body was quietly taken to Bethesda for the autopsy, arriving 20 minutes before Jackie and the empty casket. Who had the power to arrange this?
Who HAS the power today to suppress all this evidence?, and to continue to bombard us with ridiculous lies about a lone gunman? It’s a short list, isn’t it? It doesn’t include the mafia, or the Russians, or Castro. It does include the Bush family – or rather their masters in Big Oil; the banking elite; the backbone of the military industrial complex. These men, and their successors, carried out the attacks of 9-11. It matters.
And from 10 “Conspiracy Theories” That Came True:
8: Operation Northwoods
In the covert war against the communist regime in Cuba under the CIA’s Operation Mongoose, the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff unanimously proposed state-sponsored acts of terrorism in side the United States.
The plan included shooting down hijacked American airplanes, the sinking of U.S. ships, and the shooting of Americans on the streets of Washington, D.C. The outrageous plan even included a staged NASA disaster that would claim the life of astronaut John Glenn.
Reeling under the embarrassing failure of the CIA’s botched Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, president Kennedy rejected the plan in March of 1962. A few months later, Kennedy denied the plan’s author, General Lyman Lemnitzer, a second term as the nation’s highest ranking military officer.
In November of 1963, Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas, Texas.
About the Film: Dark Legacy
Relying exclusively on government documents, statements from the best witnesses available, and the words from the mouths of the killers themselves, Dark Legacy produces a thoroughly substantiated criminal indictment of George Herbert Walker Bush, establishing beyond a reasonable doubt his guilt as a CIA supervisor in the conspiracy to assassinate John F. Kennedy. If we could present this evidence to a jury in Texas, he would pay with his life.
Part one presents the overwhelming mountain of evidence that President Kennedy was hit by bullets from the front and rear. Every witness in the Dallas emergency room attests, on camera, to the fact that a bullet from the right front blew a fist-sized whole in the back of the President’s head. The New York Times carried these statements on the day of the murder; and has covered them up ever since.
Part two presents the on-camera testimony of the witnesses who actually handled the President’s body, the FBI report, and the photographic evidence all proving unequivocally that the President’s body was stolen from the Secret Service and the wounds altered, before the body was delivered to Bethesda Naval hospital for the autopsy. Jackie Kennedy accompanied an empty casket on the plane flight home. Who had the power to do all this without attracting public attention? It’s a short list.
Part three presents the Nazi-connections of the Bush family, which prompted the FBI to seize their assets during WW II, as Nazi assets. It presents the suppressed fact that Watergate burglar and CIA operative E. Howard Hunt was found by a jury to have been in Dallas and involved in the conspiracy to kill Kennedy.
Hunt was a supervisor of the misguided CIA-led anti-Castro Cubans who broke into the Watergate. He is not only connected to Bush through Watergate; and through Bush’s father, Prescott; but five days after the assassination, the head of the FBI, J. Edgar Hoover, wrote a memo, titled “Assassination of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy” in which he named “George Bush of the Central Intelligence Agency” as the supervisor of what Hoover himself called the “misguided anti-Castro Cuban” killers of the President. Bush has said he doesn’t remember the events of that day, but FBI documents place him in Dallas.
It is difficult to assess the stature and significance of someone who has been dead as long as John Kennedy. His killers have also been his detractors, actively desecrating his memory, as they did his body. The movie begins with a short presentation of some of his most powerful and important speeches; including a stunning speech to the UN in which Kennedy calls for the complete abolition of the military industrial complex. These same men the military industrial complex, ripped him from us, and the darkest features of our history since that time are all directly the result of his murder.
What will happen when the American people, and those of other Western nations, emerge from their cocoon of denial and face the reality that their rulers are among the worst criminals in human history?
Will the people follow their leaders’ example and lapse into lawless, psychopathic behavior? Will Western leaders “flee forward” by launching wars designed to conceal the bloody tracks linking them to past misdeeds? Or will the pathocracy be overthrown and replaced by something more humane?
On such questions hinges the future of humanity. Given the high stakes, you would have to be crazy not to help spread the truth, change the system, and save the planet.
Evidence of Revision is a 9 hour long documentary series whose purpose is to present the publicly unavailable and even suppressed historical audio, video, and film recordings largely unseen by the American public relating to the assassination of the Kennedy brothers.
It also details t he little known classified Black Ops actually used to intentionally create the massive war in Viet Nam, the CIA “mind control” programs and their involvement in the RFK assassination and the Jonestown massacre and other important truths of our post-modern time.
One Thing Liars Hate is the Truth
By Vern Gowdie in the Gold Coast
Perhaps ‘interest’ rates are so named because there is so much ‘interest’ in which direction they go.
And there is no greater interest in interest rates than in the US. In the high stakes poker game the Fed is playing with the economy, the question is will they ‘raise’ or ‘hold’?
Currency Wars author and Strategic Intelligence Strategist Jim Rickards, outlines in the essay below how the Fed have wedged themselves between a rock and a hard place.
The Fed is literally damned if they do and damned if they don’t raise rates.
This reminds me of Sir Walter Scott’s quote: ‘O, what a tangled web we weave when first we practise to deceive!’
The Fed is the master of deception — they’ve deceived generations into believing they can live beyond their means indefinitely. The Fed has facilitated this lie by creating — out of thin air — a seemingly never-ending supply of cheap credit.
They have deceived investors into thinking there is some mythical downside level in asset prices that will not be breached and if it is, they have the almighty power to reflate those values.
This lie has been lived for so long thanks to the continuous re-pricing of interest rates. As debt levels increased, the price of debt decreased.
Over the past 35-years interest rates have fallen from 18% to 0.25% The Fed has run out of rope. The truth about the global economy is gradually being revealed. The one thing liars hate is the truth.
And as Jim so eloquently points out, the time is coming when the Fed will pay the price for their deception…loss of credibility or catastrophe, choose your poison.
I await with interest for this day of reckoning.
It’s a great read. Enjoy.
Editor, The Daily Reckoning
The Price of Interest Rate Manipulation
By Shae Russell, Editor, Strategic Intelligence
‘The Fed will not raise interest rates. That’s something I’ve said for a long time.’
This statement is familiar to subscribers of Strategic Intelligence. It sounds exactly like something, their strategist, Jim Rickards would say.
In fact, it’s exactly what he said to the ABC on the Monday night before the Liberal party changed leaders.
As most Aussies were tweeting ‘libspill’ memes, Jim was chatting to The Business about the implications of the looming Federal Reverse Bank meeting this week.
I highly recommend you watch the interview.
Now, this interview took place before the September Federal Open Markets Committee. When you watch the interview, it’s clear that Jim was confident there’d be no rate increase from the Fed that month.
However, he did discuss something called the ‘October Surprise’.
Now the Fed meets eight times a year. But they only hold a press conference four times a year. As a general rule, the Fed tends to raise rates at the same time a press conference is scheduled.
After this last meeting, the Fed won’t have another press conference until December this year.
Yet, as Jim explains in the interview, last year the Fed had a teleconference practice run during the Northern hemisphere spring.
The markets — and most in the mainstream for that matter — wouldn’t expect it because there’s no scheduled press conference. Hence, the October surprise.
At the time, Jim felt the Fed may risk saving face and dump an October Surprise on the US market.
In saying that, he believes any rate rise this year is unlikely. 2016 is still a possibility, however, as Jim explained to subscribers of Strategic Intelligence on Wednesday, the Fed have until March 2016 if it’s dependent on economic data.
While Jim’s telling you to look out for the unexpected, he reckons the Fed missed the boat to raise rates.
They could have done so gradually over 2010 and 2011. If the central bankers had used this opportunity to raise rates, there’d be room in the US economy to tighten monetary policy today.
The fact is, they didn’t.
Today the US is faced with frail economic numbers. Jim says the ‘Employment rate has come down, but labour force participation is lousy. The labour force declined last month and real wages are going nowhere. In fact, monthly job creation is going nowhere. If you look at the data behind the happy talk, the [economic] data is very weak in the US.’
As a result, Jim believes the Fed has five choices.
- Fire up those printing presses and start printing money once again.
- Establish negative interest rates. Although Jim thinks this move is highly unlikely.
- ‘Helicopter money’. This is where the US runs bigger budget deficits and the Fed buys the bonds. Money printing with a purpose, Jim calls it.
- The Fed changes its forward guidance. Since spring the Federal Reserve has put the ‘market on notice’ that a rate rise could happen at any moment. Jims says the Fed could change the talk to being ‘data dependent’ rather than this tough talk we get now.
- And the ultimate tool — currency wars. That is, cheapen the dollar at all costs. The problem — as Jim explains in the interview — is that this move will put pressure on countries like Australia and China that are trying to weaken their currencies.
In saying that, the Fed might have these choices, but Jim doesn’t see the Fed using them at this point.
However, the biggest take away from the ABC interview is what happens if the Fed doesn’t raise rates after all the tough talk.
Jim sees it coming down to either causing a meltdown in the US and emerging markets by raising rates, or accepting that they lose their credibility.
‘The Fed have to choose between their credibility or a catastrophe. People are saying if they don’t raise rates, when they’ve been talking it up for so long, they’ll lose their credibility. However the data is weak so if they do raise rates they’ll cause a catastrophe.’
Pushed on the point further, Jim tells the ABC: ‘They will have to leave their credibility in shreds to avoid a catastrophe. This is the price of manipulation.’
Editor, Strategic Intelligence
Ed Note: the above article first appeared as a Strategic Intelligenceweekly update (16 September 2015)
Update: Oct 2015
The Rothschild owned Economist magazine 2015 cover has caused quite a stir since it appeared. I do believe the elite are giving us cryptic messages of what they have planned but what are the messages.
I believe they have given us a timeline. At the bottom right of the picture is a portrait of a woman in a blood red dress. The Moon is considered feminine and clothed in a blood red dress, the blood moon. Ok which one, well there were two in 2015 but only one occurred at the same time as all the world leaders were gathered. 27-28 Sept 2015 all the leaders of the world were gather in New York at the UN for the General assembly. The woman’s portrait only shows a little more than half. The blood moon occurred from the evening of the 27th of Sept to the early morning hours of the 28th so we have the beginning marker for the timeline 28 Sept 2015. Hebrew is read from right to left. The next image is that of Alice from “Alice in wonderland.” Thanks to the article by William Frederick of the end-times forcaster http://endtimesforecaster.blogspot.co.nz/2015/10/the-umpqua-shootings-were-on-economist.html The city of Looking Glass is only a few miles from the school shooting site.
The next items are the much talked about arrows with 11.3 (right) 11.5 (left) on their fins. Using 28 Sept as the base and assuming days past the base 11 x 3 = 33 days. 28 Sept 2015 + 33 days = 31 Oct 2015 or Samhain, the illuminati’s highest sabat and human sacrifice night. http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/cienciareal/cienciareal20.htm we then proceed from the base date and using the 11.5 or 11 x 5 = 55 days. 28 Sept 2015 + 55 days = November 22nd or 11-22
Note: John F. Kennedy was assassinated on 11-22 in Dallas (on the 33rd parallel) giving the Illuminati signature of 11-22-33 (Vision, Action, Accomplishment).
The next image is that of a Jet car with the prominent label of “Castrol”, The Ghost behind Obama (who will disappear during Israel’s hour of need…. Sealing our fate), a Japanese sumo wrestler holding a battery showing polarity, followed by a strong Chinese panda flexing its muscles, the board game “Panic” with Federal Reserve listed and a falling chip, a Globe on a American football or Rugby ball displaying the BRICS nations, an image of Boobus Americanus staring at the mayhem and finally a drum set with an American flag pierced with a British guitar, a prominent “50” is on the drum set.
My interpretation of the events:
- I believe the end-times forecaster is right and the Alice figure represents the Looking glass, school shooting event. Through the looking glass being the sequel to Alice in Wonderland.
- 11.3 will be a mass death event for the illuminati human sacrifice. The events in Syria seem to be building towards an Isaiah 17 event. Isaiah 17:1 A prophecy against Damascus: “See, Damascus will no longer be a city, but will become a heap of ruins.” I have no other evidence to say definitively that Damascus is the target but a gut feeling and also the following evidence for the next date. The Russian & Islamic forces would need an ‘excuse’ to invade Israel. I’m sure if Damascus was destroyed with a nuke, Israel would be blamed. We have seen these same people kill thousands with chemical weapons to attempt to blame Assad and start a war. I believe they have no regard for human life and are capable of anything.
- 11.5 will be the invasion of Israel. 11-22- on the 33rd parallel (Vision, Action, Accomplishment). Just like 9-11-1990 GHW Bush’s New World Order speech, The 11 (the Vision). 9-11-2001 The attack, bringing us the global war on terror, and a police state (the 22, the Action), 9-11-2012 our ambassador murdered and America does nothing, AMERICA Neutered! (The 33, Accomplishment) all 11 years apart. Why 11? Read Daniel 7:8, their God, the Antichrist, is the 11th horn. Please see the Bible code detective post on Israel betrayed. http://www.biblecodedetective.com/israel The event happens on a Sunday, 11-22-2015 is a Sunday and Israel sits on the 33rd parallel. Read this Brother Bob post put on Steve Quayle’s site. http://www.stevequayle.com/index.php?s=294&d=549 all the actors for this are now in place. ““Al, the Father showed me a strike coming against Israel; from the North (Lebanon) and the N E. (Syria).” It was a ‘blitz’, as in a heavy handed hammer attack upon Israel. It was fast, effective and devastating. There was Israeli blood flowing in rivulets on the battlefields. The flow of Israeli blood has not been witnessed like this before. The people knew this was not to be a quick war; but THE fight for survival.”
- With a major middle east war Oil prices would take off like a rocket, hence the Jet car labeled with a prominent “Castrol” ad.
- The ghost behind Obama is addressed in the Brother Bob post as well as the bible code. “The Govt of Israel pleads with America for weapons, ammo, and equipment. But the Obama Administration will do nothing. In fact Obama stands on the porch of the White House in an immaculate navy blue pinstripe suit, looking out over Pennsylvania Avenue; with his arms folded; exclaiming, “We did it. We’re going to finish off Israel; me and my Arab brothers. I got a pen and phone and I’ll stop the G… D… Israelis!” At that very moment, as Obama uttered those words, God Almighty stood up in front of his throne in Heaven, and declared, “I RULE; NOT YOU! YOU DAMN ME AND MY LAND? THEN I SHALL DAMN AND CURSE YOU! I RAISE KINGDOMS UP AND I BRING THEM DOWN! I AM GOD, NOT YOU!” When this happens, by the hand of God, global finance starts to collapse; starting with the dollar. There will be nothing but chaos in America! A domino effect will happen as global finance crashes around the world. And Putin and China know there’s nothing the US can do to help Israel. “The Shimita (spelling) judgments [which have been talked about recently] begin.”
- Japan switches it allegiance to China or possibly Japan is brought low, detroyed by natural disasters.
- China flexing its muscles while the US economy crashes hence the Panic game board.
- The American drum set, America has been the drummer leading the world. We are now in the 50thyear, the Jubilee and the British Rothschild apparatus is now going to take down the USA.
For those that don’t think this cover means anything, please look at this Rothschild owned economist Magazine picture from 1988. A symbolic Phoenix ( A mythical bird reborn from its own ashes) standing over a burning pile of national currencies with a medallion around its neck marked 2018.
Next the Phoenix towers in china with a completion date of … 2018 3300 feet tall?
Before the elite parade this new currency out for us sheeple they have to make us WANT it. They must cause the chaos to drive the sheeple in the direction they want.
Lastly Just because this is the elites plan doesn’t mean it is going to happen. The LORD is in control and decides what is to happen… not the elite.
Other: Notice the Naval officer in the back of the Politicians near the Missle. He is giving the Masonic “grand hailing of Distress” www.ephesians5-11.org/handshakes.htm
The magazine The Economist (owned but the Rothschilds), published an issue named “The World in 2015″. On the cover are odd images : A mushroom cloud, the Federal Reserve in a game called “Panic” and much more. Full Article
I wouldn’t normally dedicate an entire article analyzing the cover of a publication, but this isn’t any publication. It is The Economist and it is directly related to the world elite. It is partly owned by the Rothschild banking family of England and its editor-in-chief, John Micklethwait, attended several times to the Bilderberg Conference – the secretive meeting where the world’s most powerful figures from the world of politics, finance business and media discuss global policies. The outcome of those meetings is totally secret. It is therefore safe to say that the people at The Economist know things that most people don’t. For this reason, its “2015 prediction” cover is rather puzzling.
The bleak and sinister cover features political figures, fictional characters and pop culture icons that will surely make the news in 2015. However, most importantly, it also includes several drawings that are extremely symbolic and allude to important elements of the elite’s Agenda. Here’s the cover :
(You can view a larger version of the cover here).
At first glance, we see political figures like Obama and Putin, references to the Rugby cup and the new Spider-Man movie. But a closer look reveals a plethora of disturbing elements. Here are some of them.
One side of the globe gazes stoically towards the West while the other side appears irate. Does this represent a confrontation between the East and the West? The cover features a few other symbols referring to the “rise of the East”. What’s more unsettling is that, immediately under that angry globe, are pictured a mushroom cloud (the kind that happens after a nuclear bomb goes off) and a spy satellite launching into space.
Benjamin Fulford Says Blood Moon Events Turn Out to be Vatican and Rothschild Theatrics
September 29, 2015
Author: Benjamin Fulford
Although the big Vatican/Rothschild love-fest at the United Nations is continuing even as this weekly goes out, it is already clear that the hopes for massive changes in how we run this planet have not been realized. What we saw instead was theatrics, the reopening of old wounds and vague promises to do good things by 2030.
The biggest insult to the intelligence of people around the world was Chinese President Xi Jinping’s promise to spend $1 billion a year until then on fighting poverty. On a global scale this is less than chickenfeed and amounts to about 0.0003 cents per day for the world’s poorest people.
Then there was the agreement announced by so many countries, including China, the United States and Russia, to take action against “global warming.” This made it clear the “global warming” Rothschild faction was on the ascendant and the perpetual “war on terror” Bush/Netanyahu/Neocon faction was losing the cabal power struggle.
Another sign the Bush/Neocon/Netanyahu Zionazi faction is losing was the fact Bush/Netanyahu allies such US House Speaker John Boehner and “ISIS tsar” General John Allen were both forced to resign last week. Boehner was told by Pope Francis to resign because he sponsored the trip in March by war criminal Benyamin Netanyahu to speak to the Congress, according to CIA sources. General Allen was forced to quit because he was “cooking intelligence,” “sabotage,” and supporting ISIS with airdrops, according to Pentagon sources.
The White Dragon faction supports the removal of these individuals but believes the military industrial complex needs to take much bigger, bolder action on behalf of the people of the planet. Marine General Joseph Dunford was sworn in last week as top military honcho and is expected to give the WDS a big boost in its efforts to take control of the financial system, and thus the world’s future, from inbred families and return it to the people.
If the new leadership at the Pentagon takes action against the Federal Reserve Board criminals, they can return $300,000 in stolen funds to each and every man, woman and child in the US and have plenty for the rest of the world too. The WDS will be happy to explain exactly how this can be done.
For now though, the most visible and dramatic changes continue to take place in the Midde-East where Israel is being liberated from Zionazi fascist control.
Last week war-criminal Israeli leader Benyamin Netanyahu and a delegation of generals went to Russia to seek protection and reassurances. The Israelis were “treated like the thugs they are,” according to Pentagon sources. The Israelis were told that a large portion of the population of Israel was of Russian origin and that there would be no danger to the citizens of Israel in the event of the overthrow of the Zionazis. However, “when Putin told bibi (Netanyahu) that Syria cannot open a second front against Israel he meant that Russia, China, Iran and Hezbollah will,” Pentagon sources familiar with the meeting said.
There are proliferating signs it is end game for the Nazionist nightmare regime in that country. China, for example, is now fully aware that it was agents of the Netanyahu regime who detonated the small nuclear weapon in Tianjin in August. For that reason a Chinese fleet and Chinese troops are now headed to Syria. Hezbollah has also now been supplied with 75 tanks to use against the Satanic regime in Israel.
There is also a concerted international effort under-way to hunt down and destroy Israel’s fleet of nuclear armed submarines. The French Mistral helicopter carriers that were supposed to be sent to Russia are now going to Egypt where they will be equipped by the Russians and join the Russian fleet in actions against the Israeli submarines, the Pentagon sources say. Furthermore, at the end of the day, the Egyptians might sell these ships at a discount to the Russians anyway.
There is also a lot of pressure being applied on Germany to stop them from supplying any more submarines to the Zionazi regime, the sources say. For example, when Egyptian President Sisi met with German Chancellor Angela Merkel on September 25th he added his voice to US and Russian requests to stop supplying submarines to Israel. He also informed her that Egypt and Syria were thinking of joining the Shanghai Cooperation Organization.
The Germans are also considering seriously leaving NATO and joining the SCO, according to German second Reich faction sources. Germany has been put under a lot of pressure recently because it has blocked its borders to the hired “Syrian refugees” being sent into their country. That is the real reason why Volkswagen has suddenly been attacked for “faking CO2 emission data,” according to the German sources. Other German auto makers are also now expected to get hit with similar claims, they say. The result has only been to alienate German industrialists and strengthen their resolve to once again achieve real independence, they continue.
The Germans are, in fact, preparing to nationalize their banks and reinstate the Deutschemark in reaction to an expected up-coming implosion of Deutschebank, the sources said. This of course would put a quick end to the Euro.
The end of the Euro, of course, would once again bring into question the viability of the US dollar and the Federal Reserve Board. There was a lot of speculation that when Fed Chairperson Janet Yellen kept losing her voice during a speech last week and required medical attention, it was because she was emotionally distraught at some imminent announcements related to the Fed. On this front, multiple sources continue to confirm the US dollar and the Federal Reserve Board are being put under new management.
It is not clear exactly what is to be announced but, the US corporate government’s year end comes this Wednesday, September 30th. The US Government has been cooking its books by keeping the debt frozen at exactly $25 million under the legal limit since March 15th. If, as expected, the US government fails to make payments due on September 30, it will be given until October 17th to come up with the money. That is why we have a lot of serious horse trading ahead of us in the coming weeks.
Public statements last week by the Pope, US President Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping make clear some of the conditions the US has to meet if it is to avoid bankruptcy. They all agree China needs a bigger vote in the IMF and needs to continue linking the Yuan to the US dollar.
The fact JP Morgan, Citibank and Goldman Sachs were not invited to the state dinner for Chinese President Xi Jinping also makes it obvious the US faction behind the Federal Reserve Board must be removed as a condition for further Chinese financing.
The public announcements made by the US and China last week also make it certain there is an effort underway to systematically and inextricably link the US and Chinese economies, military forces and governments on multiple levels. This includes a promise by the US government to teach Mandarin Chinese to 1 million US children by 2020. The Chinese are also asking for more access to US high tech in exchange for continued funding of the US government. Talks on allowing further Chinese investment in the US real economy, though, were not concluded, indicating a power struggle continues.
There were also indications the power struggle inside the Washington D.C. establishment is not over. The Pentagon put pressure on Defense Secretary Ashton Carter to meet and reconcile with Russian Defense Minister Sergey Shoigu. This was supposed to be followed up on in a meeting between Putin and Obama on the 28th. At this meeting, and at his UN speech, Obama reiterated Zionazi lies about the Ukraine, Syria, Libya and ISIS, making it clear he put more precedence on orders given to him by the Rothschilds than on Pentagon pressure for a US/Russian military alignment against Israel and China.
Getting back to the UN, there is still hope the entire meeting will not be written off as just an empty talking head festival. All the world’s top leaders speaking there agreed on the need for major action against environmental destruction and poverty.
Many also agreed on the need to develop new energy technology. For example, Putin, in his speech, said “We have to focus on introducing fundamental and new technologies,” hopefully meaning the Russian introduction of Tesla and other suppressed energy technology. India’s Prime Minister Narendra Modi, for his part, said “Our national plans are ambitious and purposeful: new capacity of 175 GW of renewable energy over the next seven years; energy efficiency; a tax on coal; a huge afforestation programme; reforming our transportation; and, cleaning up our cities and rivers.” There are also unconfirmed reports India is releasing suppressed energy technology.
The plans announced by the various world leaders at the UN would cost about $3 trillion a year to implement if they were serious about changing this planet. As the saying goes “money talks, BS walks” The big unanswered question remains: “will the new financial system, and the release of trillions upon trillions of dollars, be announced soon?” If that does not happen there will be revolution starting at the very top of the pyramid, according to the gnostic illuminati.
These Dramatic Before And After Images Of Syria Demonstrate “Success” Of US Foreign Policy
One narrative that’s parroted constantly when the US moves to bring about regime change in the Mid-East is that it’s necessary for the good of the people.
Typically, the citizenry is characterized as suffering under the brutal oppression of an autocratic regime which is sometimes accused of committing crimes against humanity in order to maintain an iron grip on power and ensure that the seeds of democracy cannot grow.
Of course this narrative is never wholly true and is rarely even partially so.
More often than not, the US has ulterior motives for covertly usurping Mid-East strongmen and the overarching goal is almost always to achieve some narrow geopolitical end.
This isn’t so much one fringe blog’s opinion as it is a dubious foreign policy tradition for Washington and indeed, it’s almost always readily observable in hindsight.
For those who need proof of this, we present the following before and after images of night-time light emissions in Syria:
Doctors Accuse White House Of Lying To Justify “Collateral Damage” In Kabul Hospital Bombing
By way of excuse for what President Obama called “a tragic incident,” (and The UN called a ‘war crime’) US officials have claimed that the Taliban were fighting from within the Kabul hospital (which was destroyed by a US air strike yesterday killing at least 19 including 3 children) using aid workers as “a human shield.” However, this justification for the ‘collateral damage’ has been vehemently denied by Medecins Sans Frontier (MSF) who have issued a statement dismissing the US claims, “the gates of the hospital compound were closed all night so no one that is not staff, a patient or a caretaker was inside the hospital when the bombing happened…” but, the US strike has done one thing, as one local health official concluded, “this city is no longer for the living.”
In a statement, President Barack Obama offered condolences to the victims of what he called “the tragic incident” where as we detailed previously, the aid group MSF has said an air strike, probably carried out by U.S.-led coalition forces, killed 19 staff and patients on Saturday in a hospital it runs in Kunduz, leaving 37 wounded. The ‘reason’ offered by US officials, as Reuters reports,
The U.S. military said it conducted an air strike “in the vicinity” of the hospital, as it targeted Taliban insurgents who were directly firing on U.S. military personnel.
In Kabul, the Afghan Ministry of Defense said Taliban fighters had attacked the hospital and were using the building “as a human shield”.
But the medical aid group denied this.
“The gates of the hospital compound were closed all night so no one that is not staff, a patient or a caretaker was inside the hospital when the bombing happened,”Medecins Sans Frontieres said in a statement on Sunday. “In any case, bombing a fully functioning hospital can never be justified.”
Witnesses said patients were burned alive in the crowded hospital after the airstrike. Among the dead were three children being treated.
Frantic MSF staff telephoned military officials at NATO in Kabul and Washington after the attack, but bombs continued to rain down for nearly an hour, one official of the group said. The medical charity that was a lifeline for thousands in the city said it was pulling most of its staff out of the area because the hospital was no longer functioning. Some staff had gone to help treat the wounded at other hospitals, it added.
Taliban fighters in Kunduz were still holding out against Afghan troops, despite government claims to have taken control of the area.
The Afghan defense ministry on Sunday congratulated residents over the victory and military helicopters dropped 6,000 leaflets urging people to cooperate with the army.”If you see abandoned military vehicles or equipment anywhere turn them over to security forces,” the leaflets read.
A coalition military official in Kabul, who asked not to be named, said, “Our understanding is that the whole area is still contested.”
Corpses lie in the streets and people are too afraid to leave their homes, said one resident, Gulboddin. “You can hear the sound of gunfire all over the city,” said Gulboddin, who has only one name. “Some of the bodies are decomposing.
“Hospitals running out of medicine are struggling to treat growing numbers of patients, said public health official Sayed Mukhtar. “There is no electricity and hospital laboratories are not working,” he added. “This city is no longer for living.”
Kate Stegeman, the group’s communications manager, said some staff are working in other health facilities in the city, where troops have been battling Taliban insurgents.
“All critical patients have been referred to other health facilities and no MSF staff are working in our hospital,” she said, using the French abbreviation for the organization.
“Some of our medical staff have gone to work in two hospitals where some of the wounded have been taken,” she said.
* * *
The U.S. government promised a full investigation into the incident as the U.N. human rights chief said the bombing could amount to a war crime.
As Glenn Greenwald points out, “it’s impossible to fathom what the U.S. media would be saying and doing if Russia did something like this in Syria. By contrast, the reaction to this airstrike by their own government will be muted and filled with apologia, ironically quite similar to the widely vilified caricature of Jeb Bush’s comments about the Oregon shooting spree: stuff happens.”
Swiss scandal: HSBC hid millions for drug traffickers, arms dealers and global celebs
SECRET documents published online alleging banking giant HSBC helped wealthy customers dodge millions of dollars in taxes caused global shock waves Monday and spotlighted the financial dealings of the world’s ultra-rich.
The cache of files made public in the so-called SwissLeaks case included the names of celebrities, alleged arms dealers and politicians — though inclusion on the list is not proof of any wrongdoing.
The documents published at the weekend claim the London-based bank’s Swiss division helped clients in more than 200 countries evade taxes on accounts containing $A151 billion (104 billion euros).
The huge cache of files from Europe’s biggest bank was stolen by an IT worker in 2007 and passed to French authorities, but had not been previously made public.
Source: Getty Images
The International Consortium of Investigative Journalists (ICIJ) obtained the files via French newspaper Le Monde and shared them with more than 45 other media organisations worldwide.
The documents showed that HSBC opened Swiss accounts for international criminals, businessmen, politicians and celebrities, according to the ICIJ.
The revelations renewed calls for a crackdown on sophisticated tax avoidance by the wealthy and multinational companies. Tax avoidance is legal, but tax evasion is not.
“HSBC profited from doing business with arms dealers who channelled mortar bombs to child soldiers in Africa, bag men for Third World dictators, traffickers in blood diamonds and other international outlaws,” ICIJ reported.
A range of current and former politicians from Russia, India and various African countries, as well as Saudi, Bahraini, Jordanian and Moroccan royalty, and the late Australian press magnate Kerry Packer were named in the files.
Following the bombshell disclosure, there were calls for a Swiss probe against the bank, which is already facing prosecution in France and Belgium.
Global fallout on Monday included a Belgian judge said to be considering international arrest warrants for directors of HSBC’s Swiss division, while in Britain a political row was triggered, with the main parties blaming each other for not taking action.
Shares in HSBC, whose reputation has been tarnished in recent years by a string of high-profile controversies, were down 1.64 per cent to 610.60 pence at the close of trading in London.
So far Switzerland has only launched an investigation against HSBC employee-turned-whistleblower Herve Falciani, who stole the files at the heart of the scandal.
In an interview on Monday, the ex-HSBC employee called for more protections for whistleblowers.
“If you want to counterbalance impunity, you have to provide the means to do so,” Falciani told Swiss public broadcaster RTS.
“I hope they will have enough energy left after investigating me for the past six years to investigate the bank.” The files were used by the French government to track down tax evaders and shared with other states in 2010, leading to a series of prosecutions.
British tax authorities said Monday they had brought in more than £135 million (181 million euros, $A263 million) on the basis of the files.
HSBC’s Swiss banking arm insisted it has since undergone a “radical transformation”.
“HSBC’s Swiss Private Bank began a radical transformation in 2008 to prevent its services from being used to evade taxes or launder money,” Franco Morra, the head of HSBC’s Swiss unit, told AFP in an email.
He said the bank had closed the accounts of clients “who did not meet our high standards” and had “strong compliance controls in place,” adding that the disclosures were “a reminder that the old business model of Swiss private banking is no longer acceptable.” The Swiss Banking Association said the country’s banks had worked hard in recent years to clean up shop.
Notes in the leaked files indicate HSBC workers were aware of clients’ intentions to keep money hidden from national authorities.
Of one Danish account holder collecting cash bundles of kroner, an employee wrote: “All contacts through one of her three daughters living in London. Account holder living in Denmark, i.e. critical as it is a criminal act having an account abroad non declared.” The files provide details on over 100,000 HSBC clients, including people targeted by US sanctions, such as Turkish businessman Selim Alguadis and Gennady Timchenko, an associate of Russian President Vladimir Putin.
Alguadis told the ICIJ it was prudent to keep savings offshore, while a spokesman for Timchenko said he was fully compliant with tax matters.
Other individuals named on the list include Rami Makhlouf, cousin of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, designer Diane von Furstenberg, who told the ICIJ the accounts were inherited from her parents, and model Elle Macpherson, whose lawyers told the ICIJ she was fully in compliance with UK tax law.
Motorcycle racer Valentino Rossi, listed as having $A30.7 million in two accounts, said he had regularised his tax situation with Italian authorities.
Investor’s Business Daily editorial asks if Obama’s entire life is a fiction.
Investor’s Business Daily (IBD) is a respectable national newspaper in the United States, published Monday through Friday, which covers international business, finance, and the global economy. Founded in 1984 by William O’Neil, its headquarters are in Los Angeles, California.
It is therefore noteworthy that Investor’s Business Daily now openly questions if what we’ve been told about the life of a sitting U.S. president is pure fiction.
Here’s an excerpt from IBD‘s editorial of Nov. 26, 2013:
Obama biographer David Maraniss, who documented at least 38 instances in the president’s life story that were fabricated. Obama made up people, events and history. Much of the book [Obama’s biography “Dreams From My Father”] was pure fiction. […]
Did America elect a fiction to the White House? Are voters victims of an elaborate con? It’s high time the national media started asking hard questions.
Iraq War Veteran Blows Whistle On Shameless Propaganda Being Taught At Police Academies
Before getting into the meat of this post, I want to start off by stating a fact:There is no “war on police” happening in America today. What is happening is a growing movement of people who want police accountability, profess a desire to reform the justice system so that we stop incarcerating people for the oxymoron of “victimless crimes,” and an end to the widespread thieving of the public without due process via a practice known as civil asset forfeiture.
I’ve covered these topics extensively over the years. Here are just a few examples:
The public grievances listed earlier are reasonable demands which any civilized culture would insist upon. Nevertheless, many police departments across the country are taking these criticisms as part of some imagined “war on police” which simply doesn’t exist. Rather than showing even a sliver of introspection by looking inward at the mistakes policing has made in recent years, many officers are becoming defensive, combatant and have resorted to lies in order to dismiss the concerns of the public.
This is precisely what an Iraq war veteran witnessed recently while training at a police academy. He shared his story with the Daily Beast under the pseudonym Clayton Jenkins. Here are some excerpts:
The War on Cops is a grossly inaccurate response to recent police killings which are on track for another year that will rival the safest on record. Gunfire deaths by police officers are down 27 percent this year, according to the Officer Down memorial page, and police killings in general are at a 20-year low, given current numbers for 2015. Police deaths in Barack Obama’s presidency are lower than the past four administrations, going all the way back to Ronald Reagan’s presidency.
Not a single iota of evidence supports a War on Police, but it has become a battle cry among some in the academy.
Over 80 percent of police departments in the United States are facing issues with low recruitment numbers. As an Iraq War veteran I sought to solidify my chance of employment working in law enforcement by attending a local police academy. I enjoyed serving my country as military police and will do such now as a sworn police officer back home.
What are they telling us in a post-Michael Brown academy? The culture of police brutality is infrequently addressed, but what is continually mentioned is the notion that there is a War on Police.
“The Obama Administration and Eric Holder are undermining the police. We have officers dying left and right and he’s dicking off in Alaska,” says one of my instructors, referring to the president’s trip to Alaska last week.
I understand as a law enforcement professional—and as someone capable of fairly reading mountains of data—that the Drug War has been unfairly used as a tool of oppression against the black community. It is why the American public overall has shown they have less confidence in police in recent times.
But there is no War on Police. This Us vs. Them mentality still prevails even in fresh academy cadets. Perhaps some of these people will become future jackbooted, truncheon wielding oppressors. Or perhaps they will encounter the reality that betrays the fear they are taught.
Now watch the following recruitment video for the Portsmouth, Virginia police department…
Meanwhile, a Portsmouth officer was recently indicted after fatally shooting 18-year-old William Chapman after he was caught shoplifting.
This looks like a scene from Gaza, not the America we imagine.
Please tell me. Who has declared war on who?
Russell Brand Exposes UK’s Pedophile Politicians
It is now a fact that current and former politicians in the UK are complicit in pedophilia.
The establishment and media has tried their best to cover up the evidence plus 114 documents mysteriously going missing. Try as they may it is now undeniable that pedophilia is rampant in UK elite circles and the public demands that the people involved be named, shamed and jailed.
Close links between mass pedophiles like Jimmy Savile and Jeffrey Epstein to both Prince Charles andPrince Andrew are now clear and well documented. Attending parties on private islands when the events occurred, even photographed with the victim.
With the mounting pressure and increase in public knowledge on these matter, thanks largely to the internet, these criminal elite may have finally met their match.
Here is Russell’s latest video hitting out at the pedophile establishment (be sure to watch at 4:04 in the video, this is what the media should be asking):
And a previous video of Brand exposing the pedophile establishment:
– UK’s VIP pedophile network exposed on Australian TV
– Australian comedian exposes pedophile politicians live on air
– Royal Family may be investigated in child sex inquiry
– Prince Charles’ best friend abused 22 children at one school
– Accused pedophile Prince Andrew avoids facing trial
– Britain’s VIP pedophile ring exposed
– Another friend of Royal Family faces pedophile charges
– British Royal pedophile protected for ‘national security’ reasons
– Prince Philip’s ex-aide up on child sex charges
– 114 documents exposing elite pedophile ring go ‘missing’
– Prince Andrew: latest royal pedophile exposed
– Covered-up: Prince Charles’ links to mass pedophile Jimmy Savile
– VIP pedophile ring operating out of Buckingham Palace and Balmoral Castle
– At least 40 UK politicians involved in Westminster ‘pedophile ring’
CIA confirms emails on Hillary’s server were classified
New revelations in the Hillary Clinton email scandal are damning to her claims that she “never sent or received any email that was deemed classified, that was marked classified.”
A new intelligence review by the CIA confirms that at least two emails have already been found that did contain information that was highly classified.
As Hillary’s computer tech is being offered immunity for his testimony, she is continuing to deny everything without really saying anything specific. Instead of giving forthright answers, she has continued to duck and dodge by attempting to play the whole thing off as a simple matter of conflicting opinions.
Her old friends at State are holding the same position as their former boss, but probably for their own reasons. As the investigation continues to reveal employment irregularities and conflicts of interest at the State Department, it looks as if Hillary’s former employees have ample reason to want to keep the truth from seeing the light of day. It creates an interesting situation where the Hillary 2016 campaign and some at the State Department appear to be conspiring to keep their stories straight and look out for one another.
A good example of this is the way both the Clinton campaign and the State Department have attempted to obfuscate the fact that despite her — and their — denials, Hillary did send classified emails on her private, unsecured email server. When the intelligence community inspector general first reported that at least one email on Hillary’s private server was —ans still is — considered classified, both Hillary’s campaign and the State Department claimed it was a matter of opinion.
As The New American reported previously:
The beleaguered Mrs. Clinton and the State Department both claim that they did not consider the intelligence in the email to be classified at the time it was sent. They consider the disagreement over the classification of the intelligence “a difference of opinion.” Mrs. Clinton told reporters that the disagreement and misunderstanding is between the agencies involved and has “nothing to do with” her.
Unfortunately for Hillary and the State Department, they don’t get to decide whether the information in that — or any other — correspondence is classified. There is the matter of Executive Order 13526, signed by President Obama in 2009, which says that only the agency that classified the material can remove that classification. That means that — her opinion to the contrary duly noted — Hillary is either mistaken or dishonest when she claims that she “never sent or received any email that was deemed classified, that was marked classified.”
Now that another review of the email in question has confirmed that it and another email were “Top Secret,” how have Hillary and the State Department responded? The New York Times reports that Nick Merrill, a campaign spokesman, said, “Our hope remains that these releases [of the emails on the server] continue without being hampered by bureaucratic infighting among the intelligence community, and that the releases continue to be as inclusive and transparent as possible,” seeming to imply that this is all somehow politically motivated.
John Kirby, the State Department spokesman, went even further in his statement:
Classification is rarely a black and white question, and it is common for the State Department to engage internally and with our interagency partners to arrive at the appropriate decision. Very often both the State Department and the intelligence community acquire information on the same matter through separate channels. Thus, there can be two or more separate reports and not all of them based on classified means. At this time, any conclusion about the classification of the documents in question would be premature.
The major email in question deals with North Korea’s nuclear weapons program and contains information gathered via satellite and spy-plane photography. Such intelligence is treated extremely seriously and violations of those laws carry severe penalties. Even 18 US Code 793, which is part of the Espionage Act, allows conviction and up to 10 years imprisonment for anyone who “through gross negligence permits” classified intelligence “to be removed from its proper place of custody or delivered to anyone” without proper clearance.
6 Astonishing Irregularities That Are Evidence of a Hollow Moon Space Station
The majestic natural satellite has been the source of curiosity of countless people. It brightens up our dark nights and provides a way to navigate for our ancestral fathers.
But over the years, as our understanding of the space has increased, we found some astonishing information about the moon that led to more questions than answers.
Is the moon actually Earth’s natural satellite?
The new information has led to speculation that it might actually be an extraterrestrial technology transported here to survey mankind’s progress and the impact we have on planet Earth, or maybe something entirely different.
1. The Moon Predates the Earth
It was initially believed that the moon was formed when an external body crash-landed on Earth. A part of the debris from the crash accumulated into what we now know as the moon.
There is yet another theory stating that when Earth was formed, the remaining dust came together to form a heavenly body that revolves around the Earth.
However, when surface materials from the moon were brought back to Earth by the astronomers, the results led to startling discoveries, as the moon rocks and dust predated our planet, which is around 4.53 billion years old.
The material comprising the moon turned out to be around 5.3 billion years old and the dust even older, dating to about 6.3 billion years.
Hence, the moon must have originated somewhere else.
2. The Moon’s Density
We know for a fact that the Earth’s density is 5.5 gm/cm3. Surprisingly, the moon’s density was found to be 3.34 gm/cm3, around 3.34 times the density of an equal volume of water.
This was explained by the renowned NASA scientist, Dr. Gordon Macdonald in 1962. He stated that if our astronomical data is to be deduced, we come to the conclusion that the interior of the natural satellite is hollow.
A few years after Dr. Gordon Macdonald’s theory came to be, in 1969, the team of Apollo 12 landed on the moon. During their decent, they landed in a rough manner onto the moon’s surface, around 40 miles from their intended destination.
The crash resulted in an artificial moonquake, which had startling characteristics. Upon impact, the moon started to reverberate just like a bell would, which we all know is hollow.
The reverberations lasted for more than an hour. The same phenomenon was again witnessed when Apollo 13 landed on the moon and its impact caused an even greater seismic activity, which lasted for more than three hours.
This led to the conclusion that the moon is unnaturally light for its size and possibly doesn’t even have a core, which would otherwise significantly increase its weight.
4. An Unnaturally Perfect Orbit
We all know that the moon orbits around our planet in an almost perfect circular orbit, but still technically elliptical.
This unnatural orbit couldn’t have been captured by Earth’s gravitational force, as we can clearly see in the substantially elliptical orbits of the other satellites in our solar system.
This further fuels the speculations that the moon was placed in its current position and orbit by an intelligent mind.
5. A Stationary Orbit
Another weird thing about our moon is that its orbit around the Earth is completely stationary. Meaning that it doesn’t spin on its own axis as all of the other moons in our solar system do.
This is why every time we look up at the moon, we see the same side of it — the side that faces Earth.
6. Unexplainable Center of Mass and Geometric Center
Another thing about the moon we have been unable to scientifically understand is the discrepancy in its center of mass, which is around 6,000 feet closer to our planet than its geometric center.
This discrepancy should, according to our understanding, cause the moon to constantly wobble — yet, it remains steady.
Since we have discovered all of these discrepancies with the moon, we have been constantly trying to figure out how it maintains its uniquely circular orbit, without a spinning axis and without wobbling.
However, despite all of our efforts to understand these anomalies, we have yet to come up with a conclusive answer.
The hypothesis that highly advanced extraterrestrials have hollowed out the moon and placed it in an almost perfect orbit around our planet, gives birth to even more wild speculations.
We know for a fact that the moon is primarily responsible for the tides, seasons and even some earthquakes. The moon is also known to influence our sleep and even our mood.
So we can draw the conclusion that the aliens that brought it here knew exactly what they were doingand it was part of their agenda to influence life on Earth via the moon space station.
It has also been speculated that Earth is now a prison planet and the moon a space station for alien guardians. Even more interestingly, author David Icke has speculated that the moon is an important part of the matrix deception that kept mankind enslaved for millenia.
Australian Government Contractors Will Now Go to Jail for Reporting Child Abuse in Detention Centers
Minister for Immigration, Peter Dutton, and the Opposition Spokesperson for Immigration, Richard Marles, neither of whom were able to provide comment before publication, you should just resign immediately and consider yourselves to be a national disgrace.
Just a piece of stock on the USA’s Securities Exchange Commission
Read some of the Annual Reports required to be filed
Bankers Will Be Jailed In The Next Financial Crisis
Jesus College, Cambridge hosted, once more, the world’s leading Symposium on Economic Crime, and over 500 distinguished speakers and panelists drawn from the widest possible international fora, gathered to make presentations to the many hundreds of delegates and attendees.
What became very quickly clear this year was the general sense of deep disgust and repugnance that was demonstrated towards the global banking industry.
I can say with some degree of certainty now that a very large number of academics, law enforcement agencies, and financial compliance consultants are now joined, as one, in their total condemnation of significant elements of the global banking sector for their organised criminal activities.
Many banks are widely identified now as nothing more than enterprise criminal organisations, who engage in widespread criminal practice and dishonest conduct as a matter of course and deliberate commercial policy.
– From the excellent article: The Banking Criminals Exposed
My prediction is that bankers will be jailed in the next economic/financial crisis. Lots and lots of bankers.
It may seem to many that those working within this profession will remain above the law indefinitely in light of the lack of any accountability whatsoever since the collapse of 2008. It may seem that way, but extrapolating this trend into the future is to ignore a monumentally changed political environment around the world. From the ascendancy of Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders here in the U.S., to Jeremy Corbyn becoming Labour leader in the UK, big changes are certainly afoot.
I have become convinced of this change for a little while now, but we won’t really see evidence of it until the next collapse. However, something I read earlier today really brought the point home for me. Rowan Bosworth-Davies recently attended the 33rd Cambridge International Symposium on Economic Crime and provided us with some notes in an excellent piece titled, The Banking Criminals Exposed. Here are a few excerpts:
Jesus College, Cambridge hosted, once more, the world’s leading Symposium on Economic Crime, and over 500 distinguished speakers and panelists drawn from the widest possible international fora, gathered to make presentations to the many hundreds of delegates and attendees.
This Symposium has indeed become an icon among other international gatherings of its knd and over the years, it has proved to be highly influential in the driving and development of international policy aimed at combating international financial and economic crime.
What became very quickly clear this year was the general sense of deep disgust and repugnance that was demonstrated towards the global banking industry.
I can say with some degree of certainty now that a very large number of academics, law enforcement agencies, and financial compliance consultants are now joined, as one, in their total condemnation of significant elements of the global banking sector for their organised criminal activities.
Many banks are widely identified now as nothing more than enterprise criminal organisations, who engage in widespread criminal practice and dishonest conduct as a matter of course and deliberate commercial policy.
Speaker after speaker addressed the implications of the scandalous level of PPI fraud, whose repayment and compensation schedules now run into billions of pounds.
Some speakers struggled with the definition of such activity as ‘Mis-selling’ and needed to be advised that what they were describing was an institutionalized level of organised financial crimes involving fraud, false accounting, forgery and other offenses involving acts of misrepresentation and deceit.
One of the side issues which came out of this and other debates, was the general and genuine sense of bewilderment that management in these institutions concerned, (and very few banks and financial houses have escaped censure for this dishonest practice) have walked away from this orgy of criminal antics, completely unscathed. The protestations from management that these dishonest acts were carried out by a few rogue elements, holds no water and cannot be justified.
In the end, I sat there, open-mouthed while evidence against the same old usual scum-bag financial institutions, was unrolled, and a lengthy list of agencies, all apparently dedicated to dealing with fraud and financial crime, lamely sought to explain why they were powerless to help these victims.
This was followed by a lengthy list of names of major law firms, and Big 5 accounting firms who were willing to join with these pariah banks to bring complex and expensive legal actions against these victims, bankrupting them, forcing them from their homes, repossessing properties they had worked for years to create, while all the time, the regulators and the other agencies, including to my shame and regret, certain spineless police forces, stood by and sought to justify their inaction.
At one stage, we were shown how banks ritually and deliberately take transcripts of telephone calls made between complainants and the bank, and deliberately and systematically go through these conversations, re-editing them and reproducing them in a format which is much more favourable to the bank.
For the first time, I found routine agreement among delegates that the banking industry had become synonymous with organised crime. Many otherwise more conservative attendees expressed their grave concern and their repugnance at the way in which so many of our most famous banking names were now behaving. It is becoming very much harder to believe that the banks will be able to rely on the routine support they have traditionally enjoyed from most ordinary members of the public.
The election of Jeremy Corbyn to the leadership of the labour Party means that banking crime and financial fraud will now become an electoral issue.
But now, the new Labour leadership will focus the attention of the electorate on the relationship between the Tory party and their very crooked friends in the City, and the degree of protection that the Square Mile gangsters and their Consiglieri, their Capos, and their Godfathers will become much more identifiable. Bank crime will now become much more identifiable as a City practice and their friends in the Tories will be seen as being primary beneficiaries.
Things are moving in the direction of justice. At a glacial place for sure, but moving they are.
Civil Asset Forfeiture Has Enabled Police To Become The New “Highwaymen”
The Highwayman has a romantic image as a bold, 18th-century scallywag who would ride up to a coachload of aristocrats on his horse, shouting, “Stand and deliver!” Having relieved the aristocrats of their purses, he would gallop off.
Today, the Highwayman is being revived in a big way in the US. But, far from being a scofflaw, he is, in fact, the law. He wears a badge and the law protects him in his roadside robberies.
The revival is the result, in part, of both the defunding of police departments (creating a demand for law enforcement departments to seek money from other sources) and the encouragement of the federal government for an overall expansion of the police state.
The legal justification for such highway robbery is the police practice of civil forfeiture, which has been on the books for decades. Civil forfeiture allows law enforcement to seize property (including cash, cars, and even homes) without having to prove the owners are guilty of a crime.
In many cases, drivers are not charged with any crime at all, not even a traffic citation. In fact, one Florida sheriff has noted that the best targets are those who are obeying the speed law. He knows whereof he speaks, having seized over $6.5 million on the highways of Florida. (Quite an advance on the size of the purses seized by the 18th-century highwayman.)
Typically, police stop a car and make the usual request to see license and registration. If the driver asks why he was stopped, a vague explanation may be offered by the officer, or he may simply ignore the question, then demand a search of the car or the driver’s person. The officer then seizes cash and other valuables as potential “evidence” of a crime (suspected drug dealing is a common accusation).
In some cases, police threaten drivers that, if they are not cooperative, their children may be taken by Child Protective Services.
The burden of proof is on the driver. In order to regain his possessions, he must prove his innocence in a court. However, in most cases, no charges are made, so there is no court case to try. Whether charges are made or not, law enforcement agencies are entitled to keep 100% of the forfeiture proceeds. Although they are required to keep records on forfeiture, in many cases, police departments avoid or even refuse to provide such information when requested.
Although police may prey on people anywhere, including in small towns, the most prevalent location is on highways, the further from civilisation the better. In this way, the driver knows that he’s in the middle of nowhere facing a man with both a badge and a gun. He might consider himself lucky to be left with just his car, so that he can drive away from the robbery and not be left on the pavement with no car and no money. For many, this is enough incentive to allow police to take what they want…and not file any complaint.
Of course, these stops and seizures violate the Fourth Amendment right to freedom from unreasonable search and seizure and at least one state judge in California has described the practice as “an institutional corruption.” Conceptually, a driver can refuse to have his car or his person inspected and can attempt to prosecute the officer, but again, the burden of proof is on the driver. As a result, prosecutions are rare and successful prosecutions rarer still.
So, the Highwayman has returned, but he now wears a badge. What does this mean for the future? As social and economic conditions deteriorate in the US, will the country’s highways come to resemble a Mad Max scenario, but one in which many of the raiders are people in authority?
As with so many trends in the US, EU, and similar jurisdictions, this is one of many symptoms of overall social/moral/economic/governmental deterioration, a bellwether of continued decay.Whenever a country is so far along in its decline that its “peacekeepers” make a regular habit of robbing the people they’re paid to protect, and get away with it, we may conclude that further decline is to come and it may be time to exit this particular highway.
Unfortunately, when such crime exists from coast to coast, as it does with today’s institutionalised highwaymen, the solution is to seek out a better way of life in another country entirely. Fortunately, there are many countries where conditions are considerably better.
* * *
Editor’s Note: Because of the risk of civil forfeiture, we’ve published a groundbreaking, step-by-step manual on the three ESSENTIAL steps all Americans should take right now to protect themselves and their family.
These steps are easy and straightforward to implement. New York Times best-selling author Doug Casey and his team describe how you can do it all from home, with very little effort. Normally, this book retails for $99. But we believe this book is so important, especially right now, that I’ve arranged a way for US residents to get a free copy. Click here to secure your copy.
What most people don’t realize the banks don’t hold your money for loans they make. Its all monetized. You essentially said the money was theirs when you deposited it.
The UN’s 2030 “Sustainable Development Agenda” Is Basically A Giant Corporatist Fraud
“This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize that eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimensions, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development.
All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan. We are resolved to free the human race from the tyranny of poverty and want and to heal and secure our planet. We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind.
The 17 Sustainable Development Goals and 169 targets which we are announcing today demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal Agenda. They seek to build on the Millennium Development Goals and complete what these did not achieve. They seek to realize the human rights of all and to achieve gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls. They are integrated and indivisible and balance the three dimensions of sustainable development: the economic, social and environmental.”
– From the Preamble to the UN’s 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development
* * *
“UN records reveal that the intergovernmental body has already marginalised the very groups it claims to be rescuing from poverty, hunger and climate disaster.
Records from the SDG process reveal that insiders at the heart of the UN’s intergovernment engagement negotiations have criticised the international body for pandering to the interests of big business and ignoring recommendations from grassroots stakeholders representing the world’s poor.
Formal statements issued earlier this year as part of the UN’s Post-2015 Intergovernmental Negotiations on the SDGs, and published by the UN Sustainable Development Division, show that UN ‘Major Groups’ representing indigenous people, civil society, workers, young people and women remain deeply concerned by the general direction of the SDG process?—?whereas corporate interests from the rich, industrialised world have viewed the process favourably.
This allegation is borne out by UN records, which show that its own Major Groups representing the very people the global institution professes to be empowering?—?poor people in developing countries?—?are increasingly sceptical of the SDG agenda.”
– From Nafeez Ahmed’s recent article: UN Plan to Save Earth is “Fig Leaf” for Big Business
On September 25th, Pope Francis will address the United Nations General Assembly in New York City. To much fanfare, the Pope will celebrate the unveiling of the UN’s Sustainable Development Agenda 2030.
A key plank of this agenda relates to the UN’s “Sustainable Development Goals,” or SDGs. While this sounds all warm and fuzzy, several well meaning participants have become horrified by the extent to which multi-national corporations have influenced the entire process. So much so, that insiders are claiming the UN is actually marginalizing the very people it claims to be saving. The poor, the weak, and the voiceless.
In an invaluable piece of investigative reporting, Nafeez Ahmed writes the following:
UN records reveal that the intergovernmental body has already marginalized the very groups it claims to be rescuing from poverty, hunger and climate disaster.
At the end of this month, the UN will launch its new 2030 Sustainable Development agenda for “people, planet and prosperity” in New York, where it will be formally adopted by over 150 world leaders.
The culmination of years of consultations between governments, communities and businesses all over the world, there is no doubt that the agenda’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) offer an unprecedented vision of the interdependence of global social, economic and environmental issues.
But records from the SDG process reveal that insiders at the heart of the UN’s intergovernment engagement negotiations have criticised the international body for pandering to the interests of big business and ignoring recommendations from grassroots stakeholders representing the world’s poor.
Formal statements issued earlier this year as part of the UN’s Post-2015 Intergovernmental Negotiations on the SDGs, and published by the UN Sustainable Development Division, show that UN ‘Major Groups’ representing indigenous people, civil society, workers, young people and women remain deeply concerned by the general direction of the SDG process?—?whereas corporate interests from the rich, industrialised world have viewed the process favorably.
Among the ‘Major Groups’ engaged in the UN’s SDG process is ‘Business and Industry.’ Members of this group include fossil fuel companies like Statoil USA and Tullow Oil, multinational auto parts manufacturer Bridgestone Corporation, global power management firm Eaton Corporation, agribusiness conglomerate Monsanto, insurance giant Thamesbank, financial services major Bank of America, and hundreds of others from Coca Cola to Walt Disney to Dow Chemical.
Despite claims that the UN’s previous Millennium Development Goals (MDG) have succeeded in halving global poverty since the 1990s, there is good reason to question this narrative.
Today, 4.3 billion people live on less than $5 a day. Although higher than the World Bank poverty measure at $1.25 a day, the development charity ActionAid showed in a 2013 report that a more realistic poverty measure would be under $10 a day.
Yet far from decreasing, since 1990 the number of people living under $10 a day has increased by 25%. Global poverty has not reduced?—?it’s got worse.
But all we know what has gotten better…a lot better. Corporate profits.
I asked Hickel why, despite so much internal criticism from UN stakeholders within the SDG process itself, these concerns had not impacted on the text of the SDG ‘Zero Draft.’ “In an early version of the Zero Draft, there was a commitment to replace GDP with an alternative measure of economic well-being. But somehow that disappeared from the final text,” said Hickel. “I don’t know what happened behind the scenes.”
This allegation is borne out by UN records, which show that its own Major Groups representing the very people the global institution professes to be empowering?—?poor people in developing countries?—?are increasingly skeptical of the SDG agenda.
The civil society statement also points to parallel efforts by Western governments to forge new ‘free-trade’ agreements, such as the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) along with proposed Investor-State Dispute Settlement (ISDS) clauses.
Yep, sounds exactly like the “free trade fraud” being perpetrated on the global populace at the moment. The current status quo strategy is to put a “nice spin” on what are essentially corporatist takeovers. See:
These new trade and investment frameworks are being negotiated by governments in secret without public accountability. The UN’s civil society group notes that the ISDS clauses “empower corporations to sue governments for reducing the value of investments through regulations that promote human rights, the environment, and labor standards.”
Yet the SDGs offer little to protect vulnerable communities in the face of such corporate encroachment.
Surprised? You shouldn’t be. This whole thing is just corporatist PR.
On 25th March, the Indigenous Peoples Working Group told a Major Group dialogue hosted by the Trusteeship Council Chamber at UN headquarters that the SDG process “is in jeopardy of excluding Indigenous Peoples from the agenda.”
The SDGs make no clear reference to the human right to water, for example,effectively providing “an open door for turning water into a commodity.”
The UN workers group particularly opposes the emphasis on public-private partnerships, which it describes as “an expensive and inefficient way of financing infrastructure and services, since they conceal public borrowing, while providing long-term state guarantees for profits to private companies.”
As I have maintained for years, the moment you hear “public-private partnership” run for the hills. You are being screwed over in unimaginable ways. See:
In fact, despite overwhelming support from UN member states for a more robust and transformative approach, the report reveals that “a vocal minority, including the